First Russian book

^i^ssm»i!smft^mm^iiit^^rj^^.

>t .«•,;:•;■.':;■':-; ;•:■.'..-. ,v; . .

K*

AT Tm-" CLARENDON PRESS

*s/"6d» .net

*HSf9S8^j^&*#

rr

i

k

h^ *.

r^ff^

>

■1 -

Digitized by the Internet Archive

in 2007 with funding from

Microsoft Corporation

http://www.archive.org/details/firstrussianbookOOforbrich

FIRST RUSSIAN BOOK

BY THE SAME AUTHOR

RUSSIAN GRAMMAR. 6s. net.

SECOND RUSSIAN BOOK. In preparation.

THIRD RUSSIAN BOOK. In preparation.

THE BALKANS AND TURKEY : The History of the
Balkan States and the Turkish Empire. By Nevill
Forbes, D. G. Hogarth, D. Mitrany, and Arnold
Toynbee. With maps. In the press.

OTHER BOOKS

A FIRST RUSSIAN READER, from L. N. Toistoy.
With English Notes and a Vocabulary by Percy
Deabmer and V. A. Tananevich.

A SHORT HISTORY OF RUSSIA. By LlcyCazalet. 2s.

FIEST RUSSIAN
BOOK

BY

NEVILL FORBES, M.A.

READER IN RUSSIAN AND THE OTHER SLAVONIC LANGUAGES
IN THE UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD

OXFORD

AT THE CLARENDON PRESS

1915

SERVATION
PADDED
INAL TO BE
JNED

I 27 1994

OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS

LONDON EDINBURGH GLASGOW NEW YORK
TORONTO MELBOURNE BOMBAY

HUMPHREY MILFORD M.A.

PUBLISHER TO THE UNIVERSITY

?(s7AV

PREFACE

This book is intended as a practical means of
acquainting the student of Russian with the first
difficulties of the language, which are the case-endings.
Without a knowledge of these no real progress can be
made. In order that the process of their acquisition
may be as palatable as possible many words and
phrases of immediate utility have been inserted. Vir-
tually no verbs are dealt with in this volume, as a great
deal can be said in Russian without any verbs at all.
The only one given in this book in full is the verb
to be ; the terrors of the Russian verb are reserved for
the Second Book. Where practicable the Russian
words have been printed also transliterated in English
characters to give some idea of pronunciation. When
using the book the table of contents should be care-
fully read.

N. F.

Oxford, September 1915.

327991

CONTENTS

CHAPTER

1. The Alphabet .

2. Pronunciation .

3. Indeclinable words .

4. Easy phrases without verbs

5. A few useful Adverbs

6. Words with masculine and feminine endings

7. Continuation of two previous chapters

8. The Verb to be (6litb) ....

9. The Nominative : Substantives
10. Vocabulary : Outside and inside of buildings, rooms

furniture, &c. .

Vocabulary : Travel

Vocabulary : Time, weather, &c.

Vocabulary : The points of the compass, names of
countries, nationalities, towns, rivers, and Chris-
tian, patronymic, and surnames. The use of
personal names in Russian ...

The Nominative : Pronouns .....

Vocabulary of words denoting male and female beingi

16. Examples of Pronouns used in agreement with Nouns

17. The Nominative : Adjectives ....
Examples of Adjectives used in agreement with Nouns
Vocabulary : Adjectives denoting size, shape, and posi-

11.
12.
13.

14.
15.

18.
19.

20.

tion
Vocabulary :
quality

21. Vocabulary :

22. Vocabulary :

Adjectives denoting appearance and

Adjectives denoting colour and age
Adjectives denoting nationality ; Adjec
tives as Surnames and Nouns

23. The two forms of the Adjective

24. Pronouns like Adjectives, which, &c. .

25. The Genitive : Substantives ....

CONTENTS

vn

34.
35.
36.
37.

Numbers

chapter

26. The Genitive : Pronouns .

27. The Genitive : Adjectives

28. Vocabulary : Literature, music, theatre, &c

29. Phrases containing words in the Genitive

30. His, her, and their ....

31. Vocabulary: Food, drink, &c. .

32. The Genitive in Negations

33. The Genitive of Quantity (food, &c.) .
Use of the Nominative and Genitive after
The Genitive of Time
The Genitive of Date
The Genitive of Comparison

38. Vocabulary : The human body, health

39. Vocabulary : Animal and plant life .

40. The Verb to have ....

41. Not to have . .

42. To have : Past and future

43. Prepositions with the Genitive : in the possession of,

without, for, until, out of, away from, near, after,
except, instead of, alongside of (y, 6e3T>, rjih, ro,

H3T>, 0TT>, OKOJIO, nOCJTE, KpOM'B, BM'ECTO, B03JTE)

44. The Dative : Substantives

45. The Dative : Pronouns

46. The Dative : Adjectives .

47. Phrases with words in the Dative ; wants and requests,

addressing letters

48. Vocabulary : Clothes

49. Age ...

50. Prepositions with the Dative : to, along, according to,

at the rate of (in,, no)

51. The Accusative : Substantives, Pronouns, and Adjec

tives .....

52. Phrases with words in the Accusative

53. Prepositions with the Accusative : into, to, on to, for, at

the rate of, through, across (Bt, Ha, 3a, no, Hepe3t)

54. The Instrumental : Substantives ....

55. The Instrumental : Pronouns .....

PAGE

96
99
100
102
105
106
109
111
114
119
121
122
129
131
134
139
140

142
147
151
153

154
159
161

162

164
166

167
171
177

viii CONTENTS

CHAPTER PAGE

56. The Instrumental : Adjectives . . . . .178

57. Uses of the Instrumental : Agent, instrument, predicate,

time, season . . . . . . . 179

58. Prepositions with the Instrumental : behind, for, under,

above, before, in front of, between, from (aa, no^t,
HaAT», nepeflt, MejKAy, c*l) . . . .181

59. The Locative : Substantives . . . . .185

60. The Locative : Pronouns . . . . . .190

61. The Locative : Adjectives 192

62. The Locative and the Prepositions : in, on, about, in

presence of, after (wb, Ha, o, npH, no) . .^/193

Index of Words and Phrases 200

Subject Index 216

NOTE ON THE ACCENT

In Russian the accent is mobile ; it can fall on any syllable of
a word, and in the case of declinable words it can fall on various
syllables according to the different cases, either on the termination
or on one of the syllables of the stem. Some words identical in appear-
ance are totally different in meaning, and this difference is only expressed
by the accent. The rules which govern its incidence are, however,
so intricate that the beginner is recommended to learn by ear or by
observation where the accent falls on the commonest cases of the com-
monest words. In this book the accent is marked throughout.

CHAPTER 1

THE ALPHABET

NAME

VALUE

A a

a

a

B6

6e

b

Bb

Be

V

Tv

re

9

An

fle

d

Ee

e

ye

5K jk

3Ke

zh

33

3e

z

Hh

H

1

i

Ii1

yi

Hit2

i

Kk

Ka

k

JI ji

3JIL

I

Mm

3M1>

m

Hh

3H!>

n

Oo

0

0

nn

ne

V

Pp

apt

r

NAME

VALUE

C c

3Ct

s

Tt

Te

t

yy

y

u

o$

3$T>

I

Xx

xa

(k)h

Uk

i*e

ts

H*I

ie

ch

fflm

ma

sh

mm

ma

shch

"b%

epi>

cf . p. 6

Hli*

epH

y

bB

ept

cf . p. 6

'Bi3

ilTB

ye

9 K*

a

e

K)io

K)

yu

Ha

a

ya

0e

GHTa

f

Yy

H5KHu;a

i

1 Called h ct> tohkoh =i with a dot

2 Called h ct KpaTKOfi =i with a short quantity,

3 Has exactly the same value as e, but is of different origin.

4 Called 3 oSopoTHoe =e reversed.
1809 B

THE ALPHABET

General Observation

a d bi o y are called hard vowels,

t> is called the hard sign,

5i e (i) 0 [e] 1 K) are called soft vowels,

h is called the soft sign.

G b r ;a; 5K 3 are called voiced consonants,
n $ (e) k t m c

and x i^ q m are called voiceless consonants.

CHAPTER 2

PRONUNCIATION

The Vowels

A a like a in car

MarymKa (mother) matushka

3 a like ya in yard

TaMO^KHH (custom-house) tamozhnya

Obs. 1. a and a when followed by a consonant + b are,
more especially when accented, pronounced almost
like ai in Cairo (transliterated a1) :

u;apB (tsar) tsaV

Obs. 2. si when unaccented and preceding the stress
often sounds almost like ye, or yi, or even e or i :

naTBflecarB (fifty) pidyesyat
1 e =yo9 cf. note on p. 5.

PBONUNCIATION 3

9 9 like e in ell

BTzbKfc (story, sc. of a house) etazh

Obs. When accented the pronunciation of 3 depends
on what letters follow it.

(1) If followed by a consonant + hard vowel or t> it

is pronounced almost

like ai in air (transliterated ea)
9Ta (this, f.) eata

(2) If followed by a consonant + soft vowel it is pro-
nounced

like a in ale (transliterated e1)
9th (these) e!tyi

E e like ye in yell

EKaTepHHa (Catherine) yekatyerina
rHfeflo (nest) gnye3do

Obs. When accented the pronunciation of e depends
on what letters follow it.

(1) If followed by a consonant +hard vowel or rb it is

pronounced almost like yai in yair (i.e. the English
word air preceded by the ^/-sound ; transliterated
yea)

ra3eTa (newspaper) gazyeata

koji4ho (knee) kalyeana

(2) If followed by a consonant + soft vowel or h it is

pronounced
like ya in Yale (transliterated ye1)
ecTB (there is) yejst'
sjj^Gh (here) zdyeV
B2

4 PKONUNCIATION

H h like y in Whitby

6mia (she was) byla

H ii like yie in yield

{ I i J flHTa (cMd) dyitya

\yv/

Obs. 1. ft (transliterated i) is only used when this letter
forms the second half of a diphthong :

moh (my, m.) moi
After bi and i (ufi, m =y, i) where it is not audible,
it is not transliterated.

Obs. 2. i (transliterated i) is only used when this letter
is followed by a vowel x :

Amelia (England) angliya

Obs. 3. v is only used in a few ecclesiastical words of
Greek origin and sounds like h.

Obs. 4. y=u almost always comes between two con-
sonants ; in those few cases where it is followed
by a vowel, a hyphen is inserted to show that it
does not belong to the following vowel e (ye) or
a (ya), cf. pp. 70, 71.

1 Except in the word Mipt = world, spelt thus to differentiate it
from MHpT> = 'peace.

/

PKONUNCIATION 5

0 o (1) when accented
like o in or

Mope (sea) morye

(2) when unaccented and before the accent

like a in car

mojioko (milk) malako

(3) when unaccented and after the accent

like a in paternal

hSjioko (apple) yablaka

Obs. When followed by a consonant + b, more especially
when it is accented, o is pronounced almost
like oi in soil (transliterated o1)
cojib (salt) soT

[E e] like yo in yore

03epa (lakes) azyora

Obs. This is not counted a separate letter in Eussian,
hence the brackets ; the diaeresis ("), seldom
marked in Eussian books, implies the accent, as
this sound never occurs in unaccented syllables.

y y like u in push

yTKa (duck) titka

10 K) like yu in yule

kjiioto (key) klyuch

6 PEONUNCIATION

1> £ has no sound and merely indicates that the pre-
ceding consonant is hard :

nojii (floor) pol

Obs. This is called the hard sign ; it occurs also in the
middle of words made up of a preposition ending
in a consonant and a root beginning with a vowel,
but never has any sound :

noR'bisK'h (front door) pady6azd

h h indicates that the preceding consonant is soft :
cojib (salt) soT

Obs. This is called the soft sign ; it occurs also in the
middle of words where a consonant has to be
softened :

Majib^HKi, (boy) maTchik

In such cases and at the end of words it is trans-
literated by a comma at the top right hand of the
consonant which is softened.

The Consonants

B 6 like b in English, but at the end of words almost
like p :

jio6fc (forehead) lop

II n like p in English.

B b like v in English, but at the end of words almost
like/:

KieBi) (Kiev) kiyef

PBONUNCIATION 7

CD <6 )

A * [ like /in English.

T r like # in </ood, but at the end of words almost like k :
Jiyrb (meadow) luk.

Obs. 1. In the word Bora (God) it is pronounced like
x, i.e. kh ; also before k :

JierKO (it is easy) lyekhko
Obs. 2. Before 3 (d) it is pronounced like gh x :
rfl'fe (where) ghdye

K k like k in English.

Obs. Before t (t) it is pronounced like x (i.e. kh) :
kto (who) khto

X x like kh in (Scotch) Zocfe ; at the beginning of words
more like English h :

xopomo (all right) (k)harasho

JX B like d in English, but at the end of words almost
like t 2 :

ro,n;i> (year) got

T t like t in English.

3 3 like z in English, but at the end of words almost
like s :

pa3i» (a stroke, a time) ras

C c like s in so.

3K 5K like s in measure (transliterated zh) :
MyjKt (husband) muzh

IE in like sfe in English.
IJ ij like ts in English.

1 This is the voiced sound corresponding to the voiceless kh.
? Except when followed by b or preceded by 3 (z) and >k (zh).

8 PEONUNCIATION

H q like ch in English (N.B. note on p. 13).

HI m like shch in Ashchurch.

M m like m in English.

H h like n in English.

JI ji like ? in English.

P p like r in Scots (i.e. rolled).

Obs. Voiced consonants immediately preceding ^voice-
less consonants become voiceless :
Bee (everything) fsyo

General observations on Pronunciation

1. The consonants

JI H T ft

are especially affected by the quality of the following,
vowel or sign :

Hard ji jro6i> (forehead) lop (1 = 11 in ell)

Soft ji Jieflt (ice) lyot (1 as in lewd)

Hard ji nojn> (floor) pol (1 =11 in eW)

Soft ji co jib (salt) soT (P as in lewd)

Hard h hoci> (nose) nos

Soft h h66o (sky) nyeaba (n as in new)

Hard h 6apain> (sheep) baran

Soft h kohb (steed) koV (n5 as in new)

Hard t tom-l (volume) torn

Soft t t4jio (body) tyeala (t as in tune)

Hard t pora (mouth) rot

Soft t cjihkotb (slush) slyakat' (i' as in tune)

Hard # aom'b (house) dom

Soft ;n; fleHB (day) dyeV (d as in due)

Hard ft MeftTb (honey) myot

Soft a ftOHCftB (ram) do'zhd' (dJ as in due)

PBONUNCIATION 9

2. After m and m the soft sign h becomes like the hard
sign t, i.e. mute, and loses its effect.

3. All the other consonants are softened by t, but this
is very difficult for foreigners to express, especially at the
end of words (h never occurs after k, r, or x). s

4. After in and jk the vowel h sounds like bi 1 :

pKHin> (supper) uzhyn.

5. After all the other consonants except a, h, t, r> h
loses its initial y-sound :

nHBO (beer) piva.

6. Also at the beginning of words h loses its y-sound :

HM^Hie (property) imye!niye
except in the three words

rat, nxt, hmh, cf. pp. 96, 151, 177.

7. After 3K, in, % and m; the vowel e (i) loses its initial
j/-sound :

yme (already) uzhe.

8. After all the other consonants except ji, h, t, fl,
e (i) loses its initial ?/-sound in rapid speech when it is
unaccented and often even when it is accented ; this is
expressed in transliteration by bracketing the (y) :

BpeMH (time) vr(y)eimya.

9. After sk, in, q, and in; the vowel [e] loses its i/-sound 2 :

ein;e (yet, still, more) yeshcho
colloquially : ishcho.

10. In the masc. and neut. genitive singular of all pro-
nouns and adjectives r is pronounced like b :

Koro (of whom) kavo

1 Except when followed by a soft vowel or the soft sign, e.g.
>KH3Hb (life), zhizn\

2 And in these cases is sometimes even written o.

10

CHAF

rEi

l 3

INDECLINABLE WORDS

H

i

and

a

a

and, but

HO

no

but

Hy, Hyc*, HyKa'

nu, nus, nuka

well !

HJIH

iiyi

or

H . . . H . . .

i . . . i . . .

both . . . and . . .

HH . . . HH . . .

nyi . . . nyi . .

. neither . . . nor . . .

HJIH . . . HJIH . .

. ilyi...ilyi..

. either . . . or . . .

«a

da

yes (also =and, but)

H^Tt

nyeat

no (also = there is not)

He

nye

not

17$

ghdye

where

TJTb

tut

here

3ftiQ,h

zdyeV

TSLWh

tarn

there

Bezfti

vezdye

everywhere

HHr.o.'fe

nyighdye

nowhere

HanpaBo

naprava

on or to the right

HaJliBO

nalyeava

on or to the left

cero^HH

s(y)evodnya

to-day

Kor,n;a

kaghda

when

Tenept

tyep(y)#r'

now

Tor^a

taghda

then

Bcer,o;a

fs(y)eghda

always

HHor^a

inaghda

sometimes

HHKor^a

nyikaghda

never

AaBHO

davno

long since

He^aBHo

nyedavna

lately

INDECLINABLE WOEDS

11

BOTE

vot

here is, there is

BOHfc

von

over there, yonder

T65Ke

tozhe

- also, likewise

T&KJKe

takzhe

yjice

uzhe

uzh

already, now, really

;o;a3Ke

dazhe

even

ohhtb

apy&t'

again

em;e

ishcho

yet, still, more

yjKe He

uzhe nye

no longer

enje He

ishcho nye

not yet

cobc4mi>

safsyeam

quite

He cobc4mi»

nye safsyeam

not quite

coBcfovrc* He . .

. safsyeam nye

not at all . . .

O^eHB

ochen'

very, very much

He o^eHb

nye ochen'

not very

Bim>

vit'

for

no^TH

pachtyi

nearly

CJIHEIKOMB

slyishkam

too

flOBOiJIBHO

davoTna

enough

MHoro

mnoga

much, a lot, many

O^eHL MHoro

ochen' mnoga

a great deal, many

Majio

mala

little, not enough

HeMH6ro

nyemnoga

a little, some

HeMH05KKO

nyemnoshka J

H^CKOJIBKO

nyeaskal'ka

a few, some few

HHCKOJIBKO

nyisk6il'ka

not in the least

CKOJIBKO

skoTka

how much, how many

CTOJIBKO

st6Tka

so much, as much

TOJIBKO

toTka

only, however, but

12

INDECLINABLE WOEDS

Kara,

kak

how, as

TaKt

tak

so, thus

KaKT> Majio

kak mala

what a little, how few

TaKi> Majio

tak mala

such a little, so few

Taicb MH6ro

CTOJIBKO

tak mnoga
stoTka

such a lot

CKOJIBKO

sktfl'ka

what a lot

pasB-fe ?

razv(y)e

surely not ?

HepKeJin !

nyeuzhelyi

can it he that ?

pasB^ ... He ?

razv(y)e nye

surely ?

Bpflflt JIH

vryadlyi

it is doubtful whether

nomaJiyiicTa N.B.pazhalsta

please

cnacnSo

spasfba

thank you

H3BHHHTe

izvinyitye

excuse me

npocTHTe

prastyftye

forgive me

nponjaiiTe

prashchaitye

good-bye

3,nipaBCTByHTe

(zdrafstvuitye)'

how do you do (lit. be

usually pronounced zdrastye ,

well)

AO CBH^aHia

dasvidaniya

au revoir (lit. till the
meeting)

Hy^KHO

ntizhna

it is necessary, one

Ha;a;o

nada

must

He HJ^KHO

nye nuzhna

it is not necessary

He Ha^o

nye nada

it is unnecessary, don't

M05KHO

mozhna

it is possible, one may

HeJIB3H

nyel'zya

it is impossible, one
mayn't

vjj^-to

ghdyeata

somewhere

r^i-HH6yji,B

ghdyenyibut'

( anywhere

I somewhere or other

Korfla-TO
Korfla-HKtfyflB

KaKT>-TO

INDECLINABLE WOEDS
kaghdata
kaghdanyibut'

13

KaK,L-HH6y(n;b

some time, formerly

any time

some time or other

kakta
kaknyibut'

somehow, sort of, such

as
anyhow
somehow or other

aBocb, He66ct, ^a KaKT>-HH6y,n;i> ! (Eussian proverb)
avoV, nyeboV, da kaknyibut'

with luck, no doubt, well muddle through!

CHAPTER 4

EASY SENTENCES AND PHRASES FORMED WITHOUT
ANY VERB

The present tense of the verb to be is almost always
omitted in Eussian, but cf. p. 27.

kto 9to ? khto eata ] 7 . j7 . » . *. Aa

~ \ = who is this, who %s that t

3T0 KTO ? j

ito 9to ? chto x eata

BTO HTO ?
3T0 OHTb
9T0 OH-L ?
OH-L 2 JIH 3T0 ?
fla, 8T0 OHa 2

= what is this, what is that ?
=it is he, that is he

r =is it he ? is that he f

)

--yes, it is she

KrifcTi), 8to He ohh 2 =no, it is not they

1 Colloquially shto, 2 For the pronunciation of these cf. p. 55

14 EASY PHEA8ES WITHOUT VEEBS

r^i om ? = where is he f

OHa TVTB ) . . _

OHa SflTBCb J

ohh TaMt = they are there

OHa TaMfc ? ) • 7 n 0

\ =is she there ?
TaMt jih OHa r J

0HT>3fl'£cb? \=ishehere?

3JI$eb JIH OHI> ? )

kto TaM-L ? —who is there ?

Obs. A question must not be introduced by the inter-
rogative particle jih when it already contains an
interrogative pronoun or adverb such as kto, ito,
17$.

0H£ TjTTy h OHa Tyra =he is here and she is here
OHa 3^cb a ohb Ta>wb=she is here but he is there

Obs. The particle a can often be translated by and, but
always implies an antithesis.

9T0 hjih oht» hjih OHa = i£ is either he or she
3to hh ohte» hh OHa = it is neither he nor she

ohb, OHa, oho sjj^gl =it is here

ohh, oh4 TaMi> =they ar&Jli&re . -**3^ .

Obs. oho is the specifically neuter personal pronoun
meaning it, but it must be remembered that if the
object referred to is masculine, then OHt, and if
feminine, then OHa must be used, both of which,
in the case of inanimate objects, would be trans-
lated in English by it The place of oho is often
taken by bto. Similarly oh4 is the specifically

EASY PHEASES WITHOUT VEKBS

15

BOT'L OHL

BOTT> OHa
BOTT> OHO

feminine plural of the personal pronoun, while ohh
is the masculine and neuter plural, both meaning
they ; when the objects referred to are of several
genders, e.g. masculine and feminine, ohh is used.

here he is, there he is
here it is, there it is

_ { here she is, there she is
[ here it is, there it is

= here it is, there it is

BOTE OHH
BOT'L OH^
BOTL OHH 3^Cb
BOTL OHi 3J^Ch

Borb oht> TaMft

BOTT> OHa TaML
BOT'L OHH rfli
BOTL rfli OHH

botl r^i =

ohl y^e 3^icb =

OHa em;e TaML ■ . = .

mli enje 3Aicb =

oeui y^Ke TaM^ =

a yjffe 3,nici>, a th enje TaMT> =

oht> enje 3^cb, a OHa |
yjKe t&wl )

OHT> TOJKe 3JI$Gh =

OHa To^e TaM^b =

ohh Tenepb t&wl Tom,e =
mli TOJice Bceryja flOMa m

here they are, there they are
this is where they are, here

there he (or it) is over there
there she (or it) is over there

that 's where they are

that 9s where (he or it is)

he is already here
she is still there
we are still here
they are already there
I am here already, but thou
art still there

i he is still here, but she is

[ already there

he is here also

she is there also

they are there now also

we also are always at home

16

EASY PHEASES WITHOUT VEEBS

OHB OIIflTb TaMI>

OHa onarb sjnich
BOTT> ohb onaTB !
mbi onaTt flOMa
ohb Tenepb onaTb 3jsfic>h
OHa Tenepb onaTb Taivrb

oht> cero^Ha TyTt
OHa ceroflHa ;a;6Ma
ohh ceroAHH TaMt

oht> Tenept 3^cb
OHa Tenepb TaMT>
r^i ohh Tenepb ?

ohh Tenepb flOMa
ohh Tenepb ^OMa ?
flOMa jih ohh Tenepb ? j

Tenepb Hejib3a
Tenepb mojkho

oht» Bcer^a TaMT>
OHa Bcer,n;a sjifech
ohh Bcer,n;a ftOMa

tbi Bcer^a sflicb ?
a Bcer,n;a 3aicb
bh Bcer^a TaMt ?
mh Bcer^a TaMi»

a sftfecb, a Tbi TaMB
mh Tyrb, a bh TaMt

pa3B-6 OHa 3^icb ?
HeyacejiH ohs> Taivrb ?

he is there again
she is here again
here he is again !
we are again at home
he is here again now
she is there again now

he is here to-day
she is at home to-day
they are there to-day

he is now here
she is now there
where are they now ?

they are now at home

are they at home now ?

now one musnH, can't
now one may, can

he is always there
she is always here
they are always at home

art thou always here ?
I am always here - 5

are you always there ?
we are always there

I am here, but thou art there
we are here, but you are there

is she here ?
k surely she is not here ?
can it be that he is there ?

EASY PHEASES WITHOUT VEEBS 17

pasB-fe 8to He ohh ? = surely that is they ?

Bpaflt jih ohh ^OMa =1 doubt whether they are at home

n ;n;aBH6 TyTt = I have been here for a long time

OHa TaMT> He^aBHO =she hasn't been there long

Obs. tbi is used in Eussian amongst relatives and
intimate friends of more or less the same age ;
parents and children address each other by th,
and children are usually addressed by th by their
parents' friends ; it was formerly invariably used
by the educated classes when addressing servants,
cab-drivers, porters, &c, but nowadays bh is much
more generally used for this purpose, and in any
case it is better for a foreigner to say bh.

Obs. In correspondence Bh must be written with a
capital even in the middle of a sentence. On the
other hand a is only written (or printed) with
a capital at the beginning of a sentence, after
a full stop.

CHAPTER 5

A FEW USEFUL ADVERBS

In the case of most adjectives the Neuter Nominative
Singular, which is the same in form as the Adverb, can
stand alone without oho or 3to and have the meaning
of a whole sentence.

XOpOHIO

(k)harasho

(it is) good, nice

Hexoponio

nyekharasho

(it is) not nice

njioxo

plokha

(it is) bad

jryiine

luchshe

(it is) better

18

USEFUL ADVEEBS

xyace (k)huzhe (it is) worse

*rbwb chem

than

ropa3;n;o garazda much (only followed by

comparatives)

(For other common

adverbs cf. pp. 24, 25.)

xopomo

= all right, very well

xopomo

= nice, good (neuter nom. sing.)

( that is all right, this is all right

9T0 xopomo

\ that is nice, this is good

( that is bad, this is bad

bto Hexopomo

= J that is wrong (sc. unpleasant

[ or unjust)

BOTt xopomo !

= isn't that nice !

bott. 9to xopomo !

= there, that 's nice ! this is nice !

3^ci> xopomo

= it is nice here

3j&ch Hexopom6

=it is not nice here

TaMt xopomo

= it is nice there

Tenept xopomo

= it 's all right now

KaKt 9to xopomo

= how nice this is

3to TaK-L xopom6

= that is so nice

KaKt 9to Hexopomo

= how horrid that is

3to oneHb xopomo

= that is very nice

9to oneHB Hexopomo

= that is not at all nice

KaKt TaivrL xopomo

= how nice it is there

TaKt 3Aici> xopomo

= it is so nice here

TaivrL TaKt xopomo

= it is so nice there

KaKt xopomo s^ioh

= how nice it is here

KaKt xopomo Tenept

= how nice it is now

3^ci> He TaK^ xopomo

= it is not so nice here

t&wl TaKt Hexopomo

=it is so horrid there

3A^cb Bcer^a xopomo

= here it 's always nice

USEFUL ADVEEBS

19

TaMt He Bcer#a xopomo

TaKt, xopomo

TaKt, Hexopomo

3to ;iiy*nne

3to xyace

Biuret Jiy^me

TaMt xyace

3ji$ch Jiyqme ^kwh t&wl

TaMi* xyace ^iwh sflicb

3^cb xopomo, a Taivrb

jiyime
sjsfich Hexopomo, a Taint \

xyace
r^i Jiyime, 3j[iQh hjih =

TaMi. ?
Kaics jppnne, Tarra hjih =

TaKt?
bott. TaK'L Jiyqme
Hfot, TaKt xy^ce
;n;a, TaKt jiyqme
^a, TaKt em;e Jr^nne
H-fcrb, TaKt enje xyace
9to enje Jiy^me
9to en^e xy>Ke
ceroAHH Jiyqme
Tenept xyace
cero^HH onaTb Jiyqme
Tenept onaTb xyace
Tenepb yace Jiynme
3^cb em;e Jiynme
K6ua, Bcer;n;a Jiyqme
9to nJi6xo

--it's not always nice there

=it 's all right like that

= it's not right like that

= this is better, that is better

=this is worse, that is worse

=it is better here

=it is worse there

= here it 's better than there

= there it f8 worse than here

=it's nice here, but it's better

there
= it's bad here, but it's worse

there
= where is it better, here or there ?

= how is it better, like this or like

that f
= there, it 's better like that
= no, it's worse like that
= yes, it's better like that
--yes, that 's still better
^no, that 's still worse
= that 's still better
= that 's still worse
= it 's better to-day
= now it 's worse
--it's better again to-day
= now it 's worse again
^it 's better now (already)
=it's still better here
-it 's always better at home
= that is bad
02

20

CHAPTER 6

INTRODUCING WORDS WITH MASCULINE AND
FEMININE ENDINGS

3A0p0BBI

oht> 3,n;op6BTb x
oHa 3flop6Ba 2

OHH '

a sflopoB^
a 3AopoBa

TH He3^0pOB'B

th He3jiiop6Ba

MBI 3A0p0BLI
BH He3AOpOBH
pa3B^ BH He3A0p0BBI ?
BLI 3AOp6BLI ?

= he is well (masc. nom. sing.)
= she is well (fern. nom. sing.)

= they are well ( . * nom. plur.)

= 1 am well (masc.)

= I am well (fern.)

= thou art unwell (masc.)

= thou art unwell (fern.)

= we are well (masc. and fern.)

= you are unwell (masc. and fern.)

= aren't you well t (masc. and fern.)

= are you well ? (masc. and fern.)

3AOp6BLI JIH bh ?

(jih is the interrogative particle and always indicates
a question.)

3T0 3AopoBO ^this is good for the health

(neut. nom. sing.)

I = that is bad for the health

3T0 He3AOpOBO

3T0 BpeAHO

3to o^eHb xopomo
3to oqeHb Hexopomo

3T0 O^eHB He3AOpOBO

3T0 o^ieHb BpeAHO

pa3B^ 3T0 Bpe^HO ?
Pron. zdarof.

= that is very nice
= that is very bad

[ = that is very bad for the health

= surely that isn't bad for one ?

2 Pron. zdarova.

MASCULINE AND FEMININE ENDINGS 21

bto cobc£mi> xopomo
owl Bcer^a 3AopoBfc
OHa Tenept He3^op6Ba

BBI OHHTB He3^0p6BI>I ?
a. GOBG^Wb 3A0p0Bl»

a ne COBcfeMB s^opoBt
a o^eHb He3AopoBi»
a y}Ke cobc£mt> 3,o;op6Bi»
a eme He coBC&wb 3,n;op6Bi>

oh"b 66jieHt x
OHa fiojiBHa 2

OHH 60JIBHBI

oh4 Sojibhbi
a o^eHB 66jieHrB

TBI cepBe3H0 60JIBHa
bbi onacHO 6ojibhh

oh^b He o^eHB 66n.ewb
OHa He cepBe3H0 6ojiBHa
bbi He onacHO Sojibhbi
oh-b TenepB 66jieHi»
OHa Bcer/iia 6ojiBHa
oetb eme 66jieH^B
OHa T05Ke SojiBHa
ohs* onaTB 66jieHrB
HeysKeJin OHa 6ojiBHa ?

a paA'B 3
a pa.ua 4

1 Pron. boJyen.

2 Pron. bal'na.

= that *8 quite all right
= he is always well
= she is not well now
= are you unwell again ?
= 1 am quite well
= I am not quite well
= 1 am far from well
= 1 am now quite well
= 1 am not yet quite well

■-he is ill (masc. nom. sing.)
-she is ill (fern. nom. sing.)
= they are ill (masc. nom. plur.)
-- they are ill (fern. nom. plur.)
= I am very ill (masc.)
= thou art seriously ill (fern.)
-you are dangerously ill

(masc. or fern.)
= he is not very ill
-- she is not seriously ill
-you are not seriously ill
- he is ill now
= she is always ill
= he is still ill
-she is ill also
-he is ill again
-surely she is not ill t

= 1 am glad (masc.)
= 1 am glad (fern.)

3 Pron. rat.

4 Pron. rada.

22 MASCULINE AND FEMININE ENDINGS

BH paflH ?

mh oqeHb paflH

a TaKi» pa^t
KaK'B a pa^a !
pa3Bi bh He paflu ?

OWb C^aCTJIMB-L1

OHa c^acTJiHBa 2

OHH TaKt CHaCTJIHBH
KaK'B OHH C^aCTJIHBH !

owb HecqacTeH^B 3
OHa Hec^acTHa4
MH TaKB Hec^acTHH
KaK'B BH HeC^aCTHH !

a ftOBOJieHi> 5
a flOBOJiBHa 6
ohh o^eHB ;o,ob6.jibhbi

OHH TaKfc ftOBOJIBHH
BH flOBOJIBHBI ?
^OBOJIBHH JIH BBI ?
MH COBciMB flOBOJIBHLI

mh He coBciMt #ob6jibhh

OHB He^OBOJieHB

OHa o^eHB He^oBOJiBHa

BH O^ieHB HeflOBOJIBHH ?

1 schastlyif.

2 schastlyiva.

= are you glad? (masc. and

fern.)
=we are very glad (masc. and

fern.)
= 1 am so glad (masc.)
= how glad I am ! (fern.)
= aren't you glad ? (masc. and

fern.)

=he is happy (masc.)
=she is happy (fern.)
=they are so happy
=how happy they are
= he is unhappy (masc.)
= she is unhappy (fern.)
=we are so unfortunate
=how unlucky you are !
=1 am satisfied, contented

(masc.)
=1 am satisfied, contented

(fern.)
= they- are very glad
= they are so pleased

= are you satisfied ?

=we are quite satisfied
=we are not quite satisfied
= he is displeased
=she is angry, annoyed
= are you angry, annoyed ?

3 nyeschastyen. 5 davolyen.

4 nyeschastna. 6 davoU'na.

\

MASCULINE AND FEMININE ENDINGS 23

8T0 flOBOJIBHO
8TO He flOBOJIBHO
flOBOJIBHO
O^eHB flOBOJIBHO
COBciMt flOBOJIBHO
ysKe flOBOJIBHO
3T0 yjKT> flOBOJIBHO
paSB^ BBI He^OBOJIBHLI ?

BHHOBarL !
BHHOBaTa !

oh^ npaB'B 1
OHa npaBa 2
bbi npaBbi
bh HenpaBBi

OHfc flOaJKeiTB 3

OHa flOJDKHa 4

MBI ftOJDKHBI
OHH flOJDKHbl

5to cepBe3Ho 5
BH cepBe3HBi ?

CepBe3HBI JIH BBI ?
9T0 ftOBOJIBHO cepBe3HO
8T0 O^eHB cepBe3HO
pfeBi 3T0 cepBe3HO ?

TOTOBO 6

yace totobo
eme He totobo

1 praf.

2 prava.

= that is enough
= that is not enough
= it is enough

- =it's quite enough

r =that f8 enough now
= aren't you satisfied ?

excuse me !

(lit. I am to blame, masc.)

excuse me !

(lit. I am to blame, fern.)

= he is right
= she is right
= you are right
= you are wrong

= he must
= she must
= we must
= they must

= that is serious

= are you serious ?

= that is fairly serious
= that is very serious
= is it really serious ?

= it is ready

= it is now ready

= it is not yet ready

dolzhen.
dalzlma.

seryozna.
gat6va.

24 MASCULINE AND FEMININE ENDINGS

BBI rOTOBBI ?

= are you ready ?

(ma roTOBa 1

= she is ready

OHt rOTOBfc 2

=ht

I is ready

can it be that you are not

HeyjKeJiH bbi He totobbi !

ready ?

surely you are ready !

CHAPTER 7

CONTINUATION OF TWO PREVIOUS CHAPTERS

XOJIOflHO

(or xojio;n;H6

(k)holadna
(k)haladno)

• it is cold

Tenjio

tyeplo

it is warm (of the tem-
perature, clothes)

acapKO

zharka

it is hot (of the tempera-
ture)

npox^ia^HO

prakhladna

it is cool

ropjrao

garyacho

it is hot {of food, water,
tea, plates, &c.)

TeMHO

tyemno

• it is dark

(or TeMHO

tyomna)

CB^TJIO

sv(y)etlo

it is light

paHo

rana

it is early

n03AHO

poz(d)na

it is late

^emeBO

dyosheva

it is cheap

floporo

doraga

it is dear

BKyCHO

fkusna

it is nice (to taste)

HeBKyCHO

nyefkusna

it is not nice (to taste)

i

gatova.

2 gatof.

EASY SENTENCES WITHOUT VEEBS 25

;na;jieK6
(or ;n;ajieKo

dalyeko
dalyoka)

}«fcjhr

6JIH3KO

blyiska

it is near

3aHHTO

zanyata

it is occupied, engaged

CBoSoflHO

svabodna

it is free, vacant

3anepT0

zap(y)erta

it is shut

OTKpHTO

atkryta

it is open

onacHO

apasna

it is dangerous

6e3onacHo

b(y)ezapasna it is safe

cerosira xojio^ho

= it is cold to-day

sjifech Tenjio

= it is warm here

TyTi> npoxjiaflHO

= it is cool here

TaMt HcapKo

= it is hot there

y>Ke TeMHO

= it is already dark

eme CBfcjio

= it is still light

ysKe n633HO

= it is now (too) late

eme paHo

= it is yet early (too soon)

ceroflHa o^enb 5Kapico = it is very hot to-day

ceroflira flOBoabHO Tenjio =it is fairly warm to-day

ceroflira cjihiekomt* xojioaho = it is too cold to-day

Tenepb yme He xojioaho = it is no longer cold now

Tenept yjKe He Tara Tenjio = it is no longer so warm now

Tenept ynct coBC^Mt TeMHO =it is really quite dark now

Tenept ytfo> oieHb ho3aho = it is really very late now
Tenepb y5K,LCJiHniKOM'B}KapKO=^ is really too hot now

26 EASY SENTENCES WITHOUT VEEBS

The word yrae is frequently cut down to yaci* and often
loses its original meaning of already and comes to mean
really.

8to flemeBo
9to o^eHB ;a;emeBO
9to He ^emeBO
KaKTb 9to ftemeBO !
paaBi 9to ^emeBO ?

8to ;a;6poro

bto o^eHB ;a;6poro

9to He ;n;6poro

9to coBcfeMt He ;o;6poro

8T0 yaci> cjiHmKOMt ;n;6poro

KaKi> 8to floporo !

HeysKejin 3to TaKt floporo ?

BTO BKyCHO
9T0 He BKyCHO
paSBi 9T0 BKyCHO ?
pa3Bi 8T0 He BKyCHO ?

9to o^eHb ^aJieKo

9T0 COBcijMTCb 6JIH3KO

pasB-fe bto flajieico ?
HeyacejiH 3to Taici> 6jih3ko ?

cero^Ha 3anepT0

CerO^HH OTKpblTO
paSB-fe He OTKpBITO ?

HeyjKejiH 3anepTO ?

= that is cheap

= that is very cheap

= that is not cheap

= how cheap that is !

= do you call that cheap ?

= that is dear

= that is very dear

= that is not dear

= that is not at all dear

= that is really too dear

= how dear that is !

= surely this is not so dear ?'

= that is nice (only of food)
= that is not nice (only of food)
= is that nice ?
= isn't that nice?

= that is very far

= ihat is quite near

= is it far then?

= surely it is not so near ?

= to-day it is shut
= to-day it is open
= isn't it open?
= surely it isn't shut ?

EASY SENTENCES WITHOUT VEEBS 27

onacHO =it is dangerous

3to onacHO = that is dangerous

3to o^eHL onacHO = that is very dangerous

6to He onacHO = that is not dangerous

8to 6e3onacHO =that is safe (lit. =dangerless)

T&wb o^eHt onacHO =it is very dangerous there

3^ici> coBoiwh 6e3onacHO =it is quite safe here

(cf. chap. 47).

CHAPTER 8

THE VERB TO BE (BHTb)

The Present

There are only two parts of the present tense of the
verb to be which are ever used, viz. :

ecTL = is
cyTt = are

of which the second is as good as obsolete, and the first
is only used in the sense of

there is, there exists, is there ? does there exist ?

ecTt Bovb= there is a God
Bora eo,Th = God exists

ecTB Bo;a;a ? =is there water ?
BOfla ecTB = there is water

There is not is always rendered by it£tb (cf. p. 10),
followed by the Genitive ; uivb is a contraction of He ecTB.

28 THE VEEB TO BE

The Past

The past tense of the verb to be, like that of all other
Eussian verbs, is formed from the infinitive (6bitb) and
varies not, as in other languages, according to person,
but according to gender and number,1 viz. :

a 6hje& =1 was (if masculine)
a 6mia = I was (if feminine)

th 6bliib =ihou wast (masc.)
th 6i>iJia =fhou wast (fern.)

oitb 6hjfb =he was
OHa 6tiJia =she was
9T0 (or oho) 6bljio =it was

mbi 6bijih =we were (masc. and fern.)
bh 6bijih =you were (masc. and fern.)
ohh 6bljih =they were (masc. and neut.)
OH'fe 6hjih =they were (fern.)

In answers to questions the verb in Eussian is often
repeated instead of using the words

«a = yes
and h^tb = no

especially in such questions as

bh 6bijih TaMB ? ( were you there ? or,

or 6hjih jih bbi TaMB ? J \ have you been there ?

1 It is really a past participle active, not a tense.

THE VEEB TO BE 29

• if masc. sing.

6hjh» = yes
He 6bun> = no

OHa 6mia 3j5^0h ?=has she been here ?

6mia = yes
He 6um = no

ohh 6hjih ROMa ? =were they at home ?
6lijih = yes

(cf. chap. 42).

The Conditional

The conditional tense of the verb to be is formed, like
that of all other Eussian verbs, by the addition of the
particle 6h (often -6^ in poetry) to the past as follows :

a 6iun> 6li

or h 6h 6lljtb

I should have been, or
I should be

OHa 6BLJia 6h) f she would have been, or
or OHa 6h 6HJiaj ( she would be

mbi Shjih 6h )
or mh 6bi 6hjih {

we should have been, or
we should be

mli Shjih 6h oneHb paflu

we should be (or should have been) very glad

3to 6hjio 6bi oneHb onacHO

that would be (or would have been) very dangerous

30 THE VEEB TO BE

OHt 6ijjn> 6li 30B6jieHT»

he would be contented, pleased

When negatived, the word He is placed immediately
before the words 6bljtb, 6mia, 6bijio, &c.

The Future

a 6y;ny = I shall be

th 6y,n;emi> =thou wilt be

oht> ]

OHa f 6fjfcrb =he, she, it will be

oh6 J

mbi GyneMt =we shall be

bh 6yn;eTe =you will be

± - GynyTt = they will be

Biepa fchera yesterday

cero;n;ira s(y)evodnya to-day

3aBTpa zaftra to-morrow

nocjifeaBTpa poslyezaftra the day after to-morrow

B^epa mli 6tmn ;n;6Ma = yesterday we were at home
3aBTpa mbi 6f jjfiwb ;a;6Ma = to-morrow we shall be at home

The Imperative

(2nd sing.) 6yflt but'
(2nd plur.) 6y^BTe buttye
6ya;BTe TaK'B ;a;o6pBi \=be so good!

31

CHAPTER 9

THE NOMINATIVE
Substantives

Nominative Singular

It will have been noticed in the preceding pages that
the endings of the nominative singular x are :

Masculine -$, e.g. om> = he
Neuter -o, e.g. oh6 = ^

9to = this, or that

*ito = what
Feminine -a, e.g. oe&, = she

The three endings :

-o
-a

are all hard : corresponding to them are the three soft
endings :

Masculine -t (or -ft)

Neuter -e (or -e)

Feminine -h

1 The words kto =who
h =/

TBI =tk0U

can be used for masculine or feminine.

32

NOMINATIVE OP SUBSTANTIVES

Examples :

IMara3HHi>
6iuieTi>
CTOJTL
f M^CTO

NoAuNS|Neut- hf6

( OOHjeCTBO

|6a6a
KOMHaTa
H36a

magazin sftop

bilyeH ticket

stol JaWe

myeasta place

s(y)elo village

opshchestva society, company

baba peasant woman

komnata room

izba peasant's hut

Soft

f aBTOMoSifoib aftamabil'

J cjiyqan sluchai

eojiOBen salavyei

1 BacHJiin vasilyi

Inojie polye

pyacbe ruzhyo

HM^Hie imy^niye

| He^jia nyedyeUya

-^ J CTaTba statya

] apMia armiya

Poccia rassiya

motor-car

incident

nightingale

Basil

field

rifle

property (land)

week

newspaper article

army

Russia

There is no article in Bussian, either definite or inde-
finite ; the place of the former is supplied, when required,
by the pronoun totb = that yonder, that of the latter by
the pronouns OftHira =one or h4kotopbih = a certain.

NOMINATIVE OP SUBSTANTIVES

33

A large number of nouns denoting males follow the
feminine declension, e.g. :

(hard) Mymiraa1 mushchina= man (as opposed to woman)
(soft) cyflta $udya,=judge.

A large number of diminutive male Christian names
likewise follow the feminine declension :

Ajiema

Aly6sha

Alexis

Bana

Vanya

John

Baca

Vasya

Basil

Boji6,o;a

Valodya

Vladimir

Kojia

Kolya

Nicholas

Minna

Misha

Michael

IlaBJiyma

Pavlusha

Paul

IleTa

P(y)eitya

Peter

Cama

Sasha

Alexander

CepesKa

Seryozha

Sergius

Oe#a

F(y)eMya

Theodore

(For the full names cf. p. 52.)

A large number of feminine nouns end in -&, such as :
jiomaflfc loshat' horse
Benjb vye^hch' thing
ijepKOBb ts(y)eirkaf church
MaTB maV mother
flora doW daughter

A few neuter nouns end in -a, e.g. :

BpeMa vr(y)eimya time
flHTa dyitya child

1809

1 Also spelt My>KHHHa.
D

84

NOMINATIVE OF SUBSTANTIVES

Rules for identification

All nouns of which the nom. sing, ends in -i>, -ft, are
masculine.

All nouns of which the nom. sing, ends in -o, -e are
neuter.

Most nouns of which the nom. sing, ends in -a, -a are
feminine.

Nouns of which the nom. sing, ends in -b are masculine
or feminine.

Nominative Plural
The nominative plural endings are :
Masculine
Feminine
Neuter

-h, e.g. paffbi =
-a

These endings are hard ; corresponding to them are
the soft endings :

Masculine
Feminine
Neuter

-H

-a

Examples :

Mara3HHH magazmy

Masculine -J 6n;o;eTi>i tily6aty

( ctojili staly

[ Mtea m(y)esta

Hard/ Neuter J cejia sy61a

( 66m;ecTBa opshchestva

6a6bi baby

Feminine • KOMHara komnaty

L h36h izby

NOMINATIVE OF SUBSTANTIVES

35

Masculine

( aBTOMoGifoiii aftamabilyi

j cjiy^an

( COJIOBBH

sluchayi

salavyi

palya

ruzhya

imy^niya

nyedyeUyi

statyi

armiyi

Inojia
pyjKBH
HMinia
IHeA^JiH
CTaTBH
apMiii

Nouns denoting males which follow the feminine de-
clension :

(hard) MymiiHBi mushchiny
(soft) cyflBH sudyi

A good number of masculine nouns of which the nomina-
tive singular ends in -s> have the nominative plural in -a,1
e.g.:

NOM. SING. NOM. PLUR.

ffOMt dom house aoMa dama

rjia3£ glas eye i\jia3a glaza

ropoflfc gorat town ropofla garada

6eperB b(y)eirek shore 6epera berega

A large number of masculine nouns which contain e or o
in the last syllable of the nominative singular lose this letter
throughout the whole of the rest of the declension, e.g. :

NOM. SING. NOM. PLUR.

KOHeij'B kanyeats end KOHipi kants^

nocojn> pas61 ambassador nocjnS pasty

fleHB dyeV day Ami dnyi

oroHB agoV fire, light orwk agnyi

1 Several nouns have both plurals, in -u and in -a, with a difference
in meaning between the two, cf. p. 37.

D2

Hard

Soft

36

NOMINATIVE OF SUBSTANTIVES

All masculine nouns ending in the nominative singular in
-rc&, -rT>, -XTb, -SK'b, -ra, -mi, -mi>
and all feminine nouns ending in the nominative singular in

-Ka, -ra, -xa, -aca, -*ia, -ma, -ma
have the nominative plural in

-kh, -rn, -xh, -5kh, -ih, -inn, mH
because h cannot stand after these consonants ; but
nevertheless -jkh and -mn are pronounced -skh and -hih.

Examples :

NOM. SING.

MajEb*iHKrb maTchik boy

flfeo^Ka dyeavachka little girl

kjiiotb klyuch key

CB-fria sv(y)echa candle

howl nozh knife

3KHna5Kt ekipazh carriage

Kajioma kal6sha galosh

NOM. PLUR.

Majib^HKH maTchiki
A^bo^kh dyeavachki
kjiio^h klyuchi
cb^h svy^chi
hojkh nazhy
3KHna5KH ekipazhy
Kajiomn kaloshy
^eHbrn dy#ngi

— — money

Mascuhne nouns with nominative singular in -hhi> have
nominative plural in -e.

NOM. SING.

NOM. PLUR.

KpecTtaHHirb krestyanyin peasant (man) KpecTtaHe
aHrjuraaHHiTL anglyichanyin Englishman aHrjnraaHe

Masculine nouns with nominative singular in -eHOicb
(denoting the young of animals) have nominative plural
in -a,Ta, and follow the neuter declension, e.g. :

NOM. SING. NOM. PLUR.

pe6aTa rebyata
u,LnuiaTa tsypfyata

pe6eHOK,L rebyonak child
ti.LinJieHOK'b tsyplyonak chicken

NOMINATIVE OP SUBSTANTIVES

37

A few neuter nouns have nominative plural in -h, e.g. :

NOM. SING.

5i6jioko yablaka apple

iuim6 plyech6 shoulder

koji^ho kalyeana knee

NOM. PLUR.

ji6jiokh yablaki
iDiera ply#chi
kojt&hh kaly^nyi

A few masculine and neuter nouns have nominative
plurals which call for particular notice ; amongst others
the commonest are :

NOM. SING.

NOM. PLUR.1

CTyjrt stul

chair

CT^JILH

Gpara brat

brother

6paTBH

chite* syn

son

CBIHOBBH

flpyri. druk

friend

Apy3Ba

cociflTi sasyeat

neighbour

cociflH

ijB'frrB tsvyeat

colour

DiB^Ta colours

(ijp'kTdK'b tsv(y)etok flower)

upkihi flowers

^epeBO dye!reva

tree

ftepeBBa

c^rho sudna

vessel (shij.

0 cy«a

yxo likha

ear

ynra

oko 6ka

eye (poetic

al) oih

TyTjo chiida

marvel

qy^eca

He6o nyeaba

heaven, sky

f He6eca

Feminine nouns with nominative singular in -b have
nominative plural in -h, e.g. :

NOM. sing.

NOM. PLUR.

JiomaftB horse
BemB thing

1 For pronunciation cf. p. 95

jiomaflu 16shadyi
Beupi vy^shchi

88

NOMINATIVE OP SUBSTANTIVES

NOM. SING.

ijepKOBB church
MaTt mother
flo^b daughter

NOM. PLUR.

u;epKBH ts(y)#rkvi
MaTepn matyeri
AO^epn d6cheri

Two very important words have a similar nominative
plural, viz. :

jnoflH ly udyi = people
flfaH dye!tyi = children

Neuter nouns in -a have nominative plural in -eHa, e.g. :
BpeMeHa vremena, = times (sc. seasons).

CHAPTER 10

VOCABULARY

(Where the pronunciation given differs from that laid
down in Chapter 2 it is owing to laws of etymology or
of colloquial use.)

Buildings, rooms, furniture, &c.

Outside

s^ame n.

zdaniye

building

BOK38lJn> m.

vakzal

terminus (or large station)

CTaHE^ifl /.

stantsiya

small or country station

TaMOJKHH /.

tamozhnya

custom-house

pedopaHt m.

restaran

restaurant

6y(j>6TB m.

bufyeH

refreshment-room

rOCTHHHl^a /.

gastyinyitsa

hotel

6ojii»HHiiia /.

bal'nyitsa

hospital

TeaTpt m.

tyeatr

theatre

BUILDINGS, OUTSIDE AND IN

89

HBOpeuyb m.

dvaryeats

palace

IjSpKOBb /.

tsfyj^rkaf

church

co66pi> m.

sabor

cathedral

qac6BHH /.

chasovnya

shrine

k6jiokojtl (-a) m.(pl.)

kolakal

(church) bell(s)

KOJIOK6jIbHH /.

kalakoTnya

belfry

6aHKT> m.

bank

bank

n6HTa /.

pochta

post-office

My3ett m.

muzyei

museum

rajiepen /.

galyereya

gallery

niKOJia /.
ymwranje n.

shkola
uchilyishche

| school

yHHBepCHT^TB m.

unyiversity6at

university

6aHH /. pi.

banyi

baths

AOMt m.

dom

house

flana/.

dacha

country villa

Bop6Ta n. pi.

varota

gate

ABopt m.

dvor

court-yard

noArb,B3A,B m.

padyeazd

front-door

9Ta>KT> m.

etazh

floor, story

KBaprapa /.

kvartyira

flat

Mara3HHi> m.

magazin

shop

jiaBKa /.

lafka

small shop

pHHOKb m.

r^nak

market

pHAH m. pi.

ryady

covered rows of shops

KO$eiiHaH /*. odj.

kaf(y)einaya

cafe

KOHffHTepCKaa/. adj.

kandyityerskaya

confectioners

6^jioHHafl/. adj.

bulachnaya

baker's

nopTH6ii m. adj.

partnoi

tailor (sc. his shop)

napHKMax^pcKan /.

parikmakherskaya

hairdresser's

adj.

3aB6flT> m.

zavot

establishment, factory

$a6pHKa /.

fabrika

factory

M6jIBHHD;a/.

my&rnyitsa

(water-) mill

TpyGa/.

truba

chimney

3a66pb m.

zabor

fence

dauiHH /.

bashnya

tower

KOHK)niHH /.

kanyiishnya

stables

40

BUILDINGS, OUTSIDE AND IN

capaft m.

sarai

coach-house

sacTaBa /.

zastava

barrier

KHpnHHi> m.

kirpich

brick

KaMeHb m.

kamen'

stone

aspect m.

adres

address

£jnma/.

lilyitsa

street

Ha6epe>KHafl/. adj.

naberezhnaya

quay

npocn6KTT> m.

praspy6akt

avenue (street)

ajuiefl /.

aly6ya

avenue (in garden)

uiocc6 n. indecl.

shos(y)e

high-road

miomaAb/.

ploshchat'

square

6yjibBapT» m.

bul'var

boulevard

moctt* m.

most

bridge

MocroBaH jf. adj.

mastavaya

paving (of road)

TpoTyapt m.

trotuar

pavement (footway)

3boh6kt> m.

JI-BCTHHUja /.

ffBepb /.
KOMHaTa /.
nepeflHHH /. adj.
cbhh/. pi.
3ajii> m.
3aJia /.

CTOJiOBan/. adj.
rocTHHaa/. adj.
cnajibHH /.
Ai'BTCKaH/. adj.

KyXHH /.
Ka6HH6T*b m.
6H6jiioTeKa/.
BaHHafl/. adj.
n6rpe6b m.
KJiaAOBan/. adj.
nepAaKb m.

HyJKHHKb m.

Inside

zvanok
lye'stnitsa

komnata

pery^dnyaya

syeinyi

zal

zala

stalovaya

gastyinaya

spaU'nya

dyeatskaya

kiikhnya

kabinyeH

bibliotyeka

vannaya

pogrep

kladavaya

cherdak

nuzhnyik

bell

staircase

door

room

lobby

vestibule

hall, waiting-room

drawing-room

bedroom

nursery

kitchen

study

library

bath-room

cellar

store-room

lumber-room,

W.C.

BUILDINGS, OUTSIDE AND IN

41

OKHO n.

akno

window

CT&H&/.

styena

wall

nojn> m.

pol

floor (sc. of room)

yrojit m.

ligal

comer

noTOJiOKt m.

patalok

ceiling

Me6ejn> /.

m#beP

furniture

(uenb) nteKdif.

p(y)6ichka

stove

ctojit> m.

stol

table

nHCLMeHHLlfi CTOJTb

pis'menny

writing-table

CKaTepTb m.

skatyert'

table-cloth

6y$eTt m.

bufy6at

sideboard

CTyjit m.

stul

chair

Kp^CJIO w.

kry6asla

arm-chair

iUHBaiTB m.

dyivan

sofa

KOBept m.

kavyor

carpet

KapTHHa/.

kartyina

picture

nopTp^Tt m.

partryeH

portrait

(cKaMBH) CKaMeHKa/. skamyeika

bench

iimairB, uiKaiJrb m.

shkap, shkaf

cupboard

KOMOfl'b m.

kamot

chest of drawers

HmHKt w.

yashchik

drawer, box

nojiKa /.

polka

shelf

KpOBaTt/.

krava^'

bedstead

nocTejib /.

pasty#r

bed with bedding

no«yuiKa/.

padiishka

pillow, cushion

HSlBOJIO^Ka/.

navalachka

pillow-case

BaHHa /.

vanna

small bath, tub

36pKajio n.

zyearkala

mirror

npOCTHHfl /.

prastynya

sheet

oa'bhjio n.

adyeyala

quilt, blanket

TK)<|>HK'b m.

tyufyak

mattress

yMBiBaJibHHKi> m.

umyva^'nyik

wash-stand

MblJIO W.

myla

soap

Ta3T> w.

tas

basin

ry6Ka/.

giipka

sponge

Kpy>KKa /.

kriishka

m

nojiOTeHi^e n.

palatyentse

towel

ropin6Kb m.

garshok

chamber-pot

42

BUILDINGS, OUTSIDE AND IN

niTopn/. pi.
3aHaB*kcb m.
iniipMH /. pi.
Hacii m. pi.
jiaMna/.
a6ajKypi> m.

(CB-fe^a) CB'BHKa/.
nOflCB'E*IHHK'B m.

9JieKTpHqecTBO n.
cnnHKa/.
oroHb m.
$OHapi> m.
^tojib m.
ffpOBa n. pi.
nepHHjia n. pi.
qepHHjiLHHD;a/.
nep6 n.
py^Ka/.
KapaH^aint m.
6yMara /.

noHTOBan 6yMara/.
nponycKHaa 6yMara/.
npoMOKanina/.
jiHCTt 6yMarH m.

KOHB^pTTb m.

o6jio>KKa/.

OTKpBITKa/.

(noHTOBaa) MapKa/.

KHHra, KHH>KKa/.

(TeTpa^t) TeTpa^Ka/.
BepeBOHKa /.
caMOBapb m.
natiHHK'B m.
qauiKa /.

(JjHOfleHKO n.

CTaKaHb m.
noACTaKaHHHKb m.
ji6>KKa/.

shtory

zanav(y)es

shirmy

chasy

lampa

abazhur

svyeichka

patsvy^chnyik

elyektrichestva

spichka

ago1!!'

fanaV

ugal'

drava

chernyila

chernyilnyitsa

p(y)ero

nichka

karandash

bumaga

pachtovaya bumaga

prapusknaya bumaga

pramakashka

lyist bumagi

kanvyeart

abloshka

atkrytka

marka

knyiga, knyishka

tyetratka

veryovachka

samavar

chainyik

chashka

blyiidyechka

stakan

patstakanyik

loshka

blinds

curtain

screen

clock, watch

lamp

lamp-shade

candle

candle-stick

electric light

match

light, fire

lantern

coal, charcoal

wood fuel

ink

ink-stand

pen

handle, penholder

pencil

paper

writing-paper

blotting-paper

sheet of paper

envelope

post-card

book

note-book

string

tea-urn

tea-pot

cup

saucer

tumbler

tumbler-stand

spoon

BUILDINGS, OUTSIDE AND IN

48

BHJlKa/.

vilka

fork

HOJK1», HOJKHK'B m.

nozh(yk)

knife

caji$6TKa /.

salfy6atka

napkin

npH66p*B m.

pribor

cover (sc. knife and
fork)

Tap6jina /.

taryealka

plate

KptiuiKa/.

kryshka

lid, cover

6jiioao n.

blyiida

dish

rpa$HHt m.

grafin

water-bottle

GyrLiJiKa /.

butylka

bottle

pioMKa/.

ryiimka

wine-glass

npooKa/.

propka

cork

npoSoHHHKt m.

probachnyik

corkscrew

CHAPTER 11

rpaimua/.
nacnoprt m.
SnjieTt m.
Hanaft m.

HOCHJIbmHK'B »»
HHHOBHHKt m.

nojiim6ftCKiii m
waHAapMt m
ropOAOBoii m
yHacTOK-L m.
npncTaBt m.

ABOpHHKt m.
H3BOmHK'b m
VLQBOZimKb)

uio^ep-L m.
aKHnajK-L m.
caiin /. #Z.

aBTOMOOHJIB m

VOCABULARY
Travel (cf. chapters

granyitsa

pasport

bily6at

nachai

nasilshchik

chinovnyik
adj. palyitsyeiski

zhandarm
adj. garadavoi

uchastak

pristaf

dvornyik
i. (or izvoshchik

shafyor
ekipazh
sanyi
aftamabir

47, 48)

frontier

passport

ticket

tip

porter

official

| police (official)

(town) policeman

police-court

commissary of police

concierge

cab (driver with car

riage or sledge)
chauffeur
carriage

motor-car

44

TEAVEL

TaKcaMeTpa/.

KOHTOpa/.

AeHBrn/. pi.
paaMtat ^eHert m.
Cfla^a/.

MeJIOHH/. p&.

py6jib m.
i^'fejiKOBtifi m. adj.
nojiTHHa /.
AByrpHBeHHHKt m.

rpHBeHHHK'B ra.

KoniiiKa/.
6yMa>KKa /.
no,B3A,B (-a) m. Q??.)
BaroHB m.
KJiaccB m.
Kyn6 n. indecl.
OT/vBJieHie n .
KopimopB m.
KOH(a,yKTOprb ra.
y66pHan/. adj.
OToimeme n.
ocB'Bm^Hie n.
cnsuiBHBifi BaroHT> ra.
nocTejiB /.

BaroHB-pecTopaHB m
njiaT$6pMa /.
6ara>K'B ra.
rapaepoS'B m.
Kacca/.

KBHTSLHI^ifl /.

kjiiotb ra.
ffopora/.
jKejitaHafl R. /.
nyTB m.
TpaMBaii ra.
KOJiecb n.
BemB /.

taksamy6atra

kantora

dy#ngi

razmyean dye^yek

sdacha

myealachi

rubl' (rup)

ts(y)elkovy

paltyina

dvugrivenyik

grivenyik

kapy^ika

bumashka

poyezd, payezda

vagon

klass

kup(y)6

atdyelyeiniye

karidor

kandiiktar

ubornaya

ataply&niye

asvyeshch^niye

spaU'ny

pastyeU'

restaran

platforma

bagazh

garderop

kasa

kvitantsiya

klyuch

daroga

zhelyeaznaya

put'

tramvai

kalyeso

vy&shch

taxi

office

money

moneychanger 's

change (from coin)

small change

rouble

rouble (colloq.)

J rouble

20 kopeks

10 kopeks

kopek ( =\d.)

note

train(s)

railway- carriage

class

' compartment

corridor

guard

toilet

heating

lighting

sleeping-car

bedding

dining-car

platform

luggage

cloak-room

ticket-office

receipt

key

road

railroad (lit. iron)

way, means

tram

wheel

TEAVEL

45

iVBHa/.

ts(y)ena

price

c^ert m.

schot

bill

HT6n» m.

itok

total

H6Mepi> (-a) m. (pi.)

nom(y)er

number (e. g. of room,
ticket, or news-
paper) ,of ten =roora

B"BCb m.

vyeas

weight

<j>yHTb m.

funt

pound (weight)

nyflb m.

put

pud, 40 Russian lbs.

BepCTa /.

v(y)ersta

verst, % of a mile

ca>KeHb /.

sazhen'

fathom

§yrb m.

fut

foot (measure)

Hanajio r&.

nachala

beginning

cepe^HHa/.

seredyina

middle

KOHei^t m.

kanyeats

end

36jioto w.

zolata

gold

cepe6p6 w.

serebro

silver

Mtflb/.

my^t'

copper

jKejifeo w.

zhelyeaza

iron

CTajib /.

staU'

steel

npncTaHb /.

pristan'

landing-stage

KynajibHfl/.

kupa^'nya

bathing place

napoxo^b m.

parakhot

steamer

jioflKa/.

lotka

rowing boat

KaioTa /.

kayuta

cabin

nany6a/.

paluba

deck

Mope n.

morye

sea

63epo w.

6z(y)era

lake

pfea/.

r(y)eka

river

ocTpoBb (-a) m. (jj|.)

ostraf, astrava

island(s)

ropa/., ropbi^.

gara, gory

hill(s), mountain(s)

jTECb (-a) m. (#Z.)

lyeas, lyesa

forest(s)

none n.

polye

field, open country

jiyrb m.

luk

meadow

CTenb /.

stye^p'

steppe

6epen> (-a) m. (#Z.)

b(y)e*rek

shore(s), bank(s)

3ajiHBb m.

zalyif

gulf

bhat> m

vit

view

46

TEAVEL

ropoAt (-a) m. (pi.)

gorat

town(s)

CTOJIHIja/.

stalyitsa

capital

M^CTO n.

myeasta

place (cf. pp. 67, 112)

Kpaii m.

krai

region

CTpaHa/.

strana

country

ry66pHm/.
66jiacTb/.

gutyy^rniya
oblast'

I province

y^Ri* m.

uy6azd

district

CTopoHa/.

starana

side

Hapoffi. m.

narot

people

cejio w.

s(y)elo

village

«ep6BHfl/.

dyer(y)6ivnya

hamlet, ' the country '

HMtaie w.

imy^niye

property

Tejierpa$t m.

tyelyegraf

telegraph office

Tejie$6Hi> m.

tyelyefon

telephone

TejierpaMMa/.

tyelyegramma

telegram

HHCBM6 n.

pis' mo

letter

ft'EJIO %.

dy6ala

business, affair

paCtora/.

rabota

work

cji^naii w.

sluchai

incident

o6itaaft m.

abychai

custom (sc. habit)

CHAPTER 12

VOCABULARY

Time, weather,

&C.

Bp6MH

v^yj^mya

time

nopa/.

para

(it is) time

pa3i> m.

ras

a time

roAT> m.

got

year

m-echu.'b m.

my^syats

month, moon

HeA'BJifl/.

nyedye^ya

week

jifiKb m.

dye^n'

day

CyTKH/. pi.

siitki

24 hours

HOHb W.

noich'

night

TIME AND WEATHEE

47

#Tpo n.

utra

morning

B^nepB m.

v(y)6icher

evening

3apn/.

zarya

damn

qacB m.

chas

hour

nacH m. pi.

chas^

watch, clock (and hours)

Mirny Ta/.

miniita

minute

HHBapb m.

yanvaV

January

$eBpajii> m.

fevra1!'

February

MapTt m.

mart

March

anp-BjiB m%

apr(y)&Y

April

Mafi m.

mai

May

iioHB m.

iyun'

June

iiojiB ra.

iyiil'

July

aBrycTt m.

avgust

August

ceHTHGpB m.

s(y)entyaibr'

September

OKTH6pB m.

aktya^r'

October

HOH6pB m.

naya^r'

November

AeKa6pB m.

dyeka^br'

December

BocKpec^HBe w.

vaskres(y)6inye

Sunday

nOHefl'EJIBHHK'B m.

panyedy^lnik

Monday

BT6pHHKt m.

ftornyik

Tuesday

cpefla/.

sreda

Wednesday

qeTB^prt m.

chetvfyj^rk

Thursday

nHTHHD;a/.

pyatnyitsa

Friday

cy666Ta/.

subota

Saturday

npa3AHHKi> m.

prazdnyik

holiday, festival

BecHa/.

v(y)esna

spring

JITJTO %.

ly6ata

summer (and year)

6ceHb/.

6s(y)en'

autumn

3HM8L/.

zima

winter

nor6Aa/.

pagoda

weattier

Sokab m.

d6Jzhd'

rain

ch-efb m.

sny6ak

snow

Mop63t m.

maros

frost

OTTenejiB/.

ottyepel'

thaw

CJIHKOTB /.

slyakat'

slush

rpH3B/.

gryaV

mud

nHJiB/.

pyi'

dust

48

TIME AND WEATHEE

B^Tept m.
TyMaHt m.
c6jiHD;e n.
jiyHa/.

33^3^31 (pi.

3ffH) /.
CB'BT'L m.

Mipt m.
3eMJiH /.
TeMHOTa /.
He6o n.
66jiaKo n.
Tyqa /.

v(y)e!tyer wind

tuman fog

sontse (ji is mute) sun

luna moon

3B^- zv(y)ezda, zvyozdy star(s)

svyeat

mir

zemlya

tyemnata

nyeaba

oblaka

tiicha

light, world
world, community
earth
darkness
sky, heaven

cloud

CHAPTER 13

VOCABULARY

Points of the compass and names of countries, nationalities,
towns, rivers and personal names

C'EBep'b

s(y)6iver

North

iofb

yuk

South

BOCTOK-B

vastok

East

3anaAt

zapat

West

CBBepHBlft

s(y)eiverny

Northern

K»KHLlft

yiizhny

Southern

BOCTOHHHfi

vastochny

Eastern

sanaAHHH

zapadny

Western

IjeHTpaJILHBlft

tsentra^'ny

Central

EBpona

yevropa

Europe

A3iH

aziya

Asia

A^pHKa

afrika

Africa

ABCTpaJiifl

afstraliya

Australia

AMepHKa

amjyj^rika

America

GEOGKAPHY AND NOMENCLATUEE

49

ABCTpiH

afstriya

Austria

AHrjiifl

angliya

England

B^Jibrin

b(y)#lgiya

Belgium

BojirapiH

balgariya

Bulgaria

B^Hrpia

vCy^ngriya

Hungary

TepMamH

g(y)ermaniya

Germany

ToJiJiaHfliH

galandiya

Holland

Tpei^ifl

gr(y)eitsiya

Greece

^aHifl

daniya

Denmark

HpjiaHAiH

irlandiya

Ireland

HcnamH

ispaniya

Spain

MTaJiiH

italiya

Italy

Kjrraft

kitai

China

HopB^ria

narvfyj^giya

Norway

Pocci'h

rassiya

Russia

PyMtmiH

rumyniya

Roumania

C6p6in

s(y)6irbiya

Serbia

CoeAHHeHHbie IIlTaTt

[ sayedyinyony-yeshtaty United States

Typ^H

turtsiya

Turkey

OHHJIliHAifl

finlyandiya

Finland

Opamjia

frantsiya

France

HepHoropiH

chernagoriya

Montenegro

niBeftn,apifl

shveitsariya

Switzerland

IIlB6D;ifl

shv(y)eitsiya

Sweden

IIIoTjiaHAifl

shatlandiya

Scotland

flnomH

yaponiya

Japan

MASC.

FEM.

aBCTpien;!*

aBCTpifiKa

Austrian

aMepHKaHe^

aMepHKaHKa

American

aHrJIHHaHHHT>

aHrjiHHaHKa

Englishman, -woman

apMHHHH'B

apMHHKa

Armenian

6em>rieixb

6ejibriiiKa

Belgian

6ojirapHH,b

SojirapKa

Bulgarian

BeHrSpeD^

BeHr^pna

Hungarian

rpeKi>

rpeHSiHKa

Greek

rpy3HHe^

rpy3HHKa

Georgian

1809

E

50

GEOGEAPHY AND NOMENOLATUEE

rojuiaHfleij'B

rojuiaHflKa

Dutchman

ftaTHaHHHt

ffaTHaHKa

Dane

eBp^tt

eBp6fiKa

Jew

HpjISLH^ei^'B

npjiaH^Ka

Irishman

HcnaHei^i>

HcnaHKa

Spaniard

HTajibflHei^T.

HTaJIBHHKa

Italian

KHTaei^t

KHT8lflHKa

Chinaman

HopB6>Keij;ri>

HOpB6>KKa

Norwegian

H-BMei^t

H'EMKa

German

nOJIHKt

nojibKa

Pole

pyccmtt (adj.)

pyccKan (adj.)

Russian

cepS^

cep6iflHKa

Serb

TaTapHHT>

TaTapna

Tartar

TypoKt

TypnaHKa

Turk

$paHii;^3rb

$paHi^y?KeHKa

Frenchman

(JjHHJIHHfleiJ'B

(jjHHJIHHftKa

Finn

qepHoropei^t

qepHoropna

Montenegrin

nepK^ct

nepK^cKa

Circassian

next

q£uiKa

Chekh, Bohemian

niBefiijapeij'L

niBeftijapKa

Swiss

niBeflt

niB^Ka

Swede

inoTJiaHji;ei^t

niOTjiaH^Ka

Scot

HnoHeDjt

HnoHKa

Japanese

aHrjiHHaHe

aBTJIHHaHKH \

H-BMI^H

H-BMKH

c6p6ti

Cep6iHHKH

$paHi^y3H

(j)paHIli^>KeHKH

pyccme (adj.)

pyccKia (adj.)

y PLURALS

nOJIHKH

nOJIBKH

TypKH

TypnaHKH

eBp6n

eBp^iiKH

TaTapti

TaTapKH j

XpHCTi^HHHt

s*

. XpHCTiflHe

Christian

H3BIHHHK,b

pi

. H3BWHHKH

heathen

npaBocjiaBHHft

pi

. npaBocjiaBHBie

Orthodox

KaTOJIHKt

pi

. KaTOJIHKH

Roman Catholic

GEOGEAPHY AND NOMENCLATUEE

51

MASC.

Towns, rivers, &c.

BepjraiTB

berlyin

Berlin

B-fejirpajTb

b(y)elgrat

Belgrade

(ZjHrfcnpT>

dny6apr

Dnieper

KaBKa3t

kafkas

Caucasus

KaM6pHAWb

—

Cambridge

KieBt

kiyef

Kiev

KpblMb

krym

Crimea

JIOHflOHb

—

London

HblO-IopKb

—

New York

6kc$opa,b

—

Oxford

IlapHJK'L

parizh

Paris

IleTporpajrb

p(y)etragrat

Petrograd

Phmt>

rim

Rome

PoCTOBb

rastof

Rostov

XapBKOBB

ha^rkaf

Harkov

GeBacTonojib

sevastopal'

Sebastopol

HpocjiaBJiB

yaraslavP

Yaroslav

FEM.

AeHHLI pi.

afiny

Athens

BapuiaBa

varshava

Warsaw

B6jira

volga

Volga

B£Ha

vy6ana

Vienna

MocKBa

maskva

Moscow

HeBa

nyeva

Neva

OA^cca

ady6asa

Odessa

Pnra

riga

Riga

T6M3a

ty6amza

Thames

HjiTa

yalta

Yalta

AcTpaxaHB

astrakhan'

Astrakhan

Ka38LHb

kazain'

Kazan

06l

oip'

Obi

Pfl38LHb

ryazain'

Ryazan

Gn6Hpb

sibir'

Siberia

TBepb

tv(y)£ir'

E2

Tver

52

GEOGEAPHY AND NOMENCLATUEE

Christian Names

AjieKcaH,o;pT>

alyeksandr

Alexander

AjieKcfeii

alyeksyei

Alexis

BacHJiiit

vasilyi

Basil

BjiaAHMipt

vladyimir

Vladimir

Teoprift

g(y)eorgi ,

Er6pi»

yegor

• George

K)piH

yuri

MBaHi>

ivan

John

MnxaHJi-L

mikhayil

Michael

HHKOJiaft

nyikalai

Nicholas

IlaBeji-B

pav(y)el

Paul

IleTpT,

pyotr

Peter

CeprM

s(y)ergyei

Sergius

GeAopt

fyodar

Theodore

(For the diminutives of these names cf . p.

33.)

AjieKcaHApa

alyeksandra

Alexandra

AHHa

anna

Anne

EnaTepHHa

yekatyerina

Catherine

EjieHa

yelyeana

Helen

EjiH3aBeTa

yelyizavyeHa

Elizabeth

Mapifl

mariya

Mary

G6$ifl

sofiya

Sophia

TaTiaHa

tatiyana

Tatiana

And the very

common diminutives :

AHKvra

anyuta

Anne

KaTH

katya

Catherine

JleHOHKa

lyeanachka

Helen

JlH3a

lyiza

Elizabeth

Mania

masha

Mary

GameHbKa

sashenka

Alexandra

G6hh

sonya

Sophia

TaHH

tanya

Tatiana

GEOGEAPHY AND NOMENCLATURE

53

AjieKCaHflpOBHTB

AjieKcteBHTB
BacHJiieBHHt

BjiaAHMipOBHHt

TeoprieBHH'b
or EropoBHTL
or lOpteBH^t
Hbsihobh^'b
or HBaHtwb

MHXaHJIOBHTB

or MnxafijiLiHt
HnKOJiaeBHHt
or HnKOJiaHHt

naBJIOBHHT>
neTpOBHHt

Cepr-feeBHHt
or Ceprinqt

GeAOpOBHH'B

AjieKcaHApoBHa

AjieKCBeBHa

BacHJiieBHa

BjiaAHMipoBHa

TeoprieBHa, &c.

HBaHOBHa

MaxaftjioBHa

HnKOJiaeBHa

IlaBJioBHa

IleTpoBHa

CeprfeeBHa

GeaopoBHa

Patronymic

alyeksandravich

alyeksy6yevich

vasiliyevich

vladyimiravich

g(y)eorgiyevich

yegoravich

yuriyevich

ivanavich

ivanych

mikhayilavich

mikhailych

nyikalayevich

nyikalayich

pavlavich

petrovioh

s(y)ergyeyevich

s(y)ergy6yich

fyodaravich

Alexanders son
Alexis"* son
BasiVs son
Vladimir's son

' George's son

John's son
Michael's son

Nicholas' son

Paul's son
Peter's son

Sergius' son

Theodore's son

Alexander's daughter
Alexis' daughter
Basil's daughter
Vladimir's daughter
George's daughter
John's daughter
Michael's daughter
Nicholas' daughter
Paul's daughter
Peter's daughter
Sergius' daughter
Theodore's daughter

In ordinarily rapid speech the patronymics both masc.
and fern, are always curtailed, the syllable -ob-, -eB- being
usually inaudible except when accented, as IleTpoBHTB.

54

GEOGEAPHY AND NOMENCLATIVE

Surnames

MASC.

JlepMOHTOBt

lyearmantaf

Lermontov

CoJIOBbeB'L

salavyof

Solovev

TypreHeBt

turg(y)einyef

Turgenev

ITyniKHHt

pushkin

FEM.

Pushkin

IlaBjioBa

pavlova

Pdvlova

Apc^HteBa

ars(y)6inyeva

Arseneva

KapcaBHHa

karsavina

Karsdvina

Note on the use of personal names in Russian

Eussians possess three names :

1. The Christian name (hmji, neut).

2. The Patronymic (oraecTBo).

3. The Surname (^aMHJiia). •

The patronymic always varies according to gender, and
in almost all cases the surname does also. If a man's
name is HBam, his father's name IIeTpi>, and his surname
ApceHbeBt, then his full name will be :

HBain> IleTpoBiFrB ApceHbeBi..
If his wife's name is Aima, and her father's name was
naBejit, her name will be :

Aima IlaBJioBHa ApceHteBa.
Together they are ApceHteBH.
Their son will be HBaHOBHTb, e.g. :

Cepr^ii HBaHOBHTB ApceHteBt,
and their daughter HBaHOBHa, e.g. :

Mapia HBaHOBHa ApceHteBa.
Eussians call each other, unless they are relations or
intimate friends, by the Christian name and the patro-
nymic.

55

CHAPTER 14

THE NOMINATIVE

Pronouns

All the essential pronouns are given in the following
list, in the nominative singular and nominative plural,
with the pronunciation :

a ya =1

th ty =ihou

owl on =he

oho mo=it

OHa ana=s/ie

mbi my =we

bh vy = you

ohh anyi = ihey (masc. and neut.)

ori any q= they (fern.)

SINGULAR

Masc. moh moi

Neut. Moe mayo

Fern. moh maya

Masc. tboh tvoi

Neut. TBoe tvayo

Fern. TBoa tvaya i

PLURAL

moh mayi =my

■ tboh tvayi =thy

Masc. Hann> nash )

Neut. Hauie nashe Y Hamn nashy = our

Fern. Haina nasha J

56

NOMINATIVE OF PEONOUNS

SINGULAR PLURAL

b. Banrt vash |
Neut. Bame vashe [ Banra vashy =your
Fern. Baina vasha J

Masc. CBoii svoi )
Neut. CBoe svayo
Fern. CBoa svaya

cboh svay 1 = one s own ]

Masc.
Fern.

kto khto= who

(can be used for either singular or plural)
Neut. hto $hto = what

SINGULAR

Masc. *iefi chei
Neut. qte chyo
Fern. qi>a chya

Masc. o^nm adyin

PLURAL

«n>H

chyi

Neut. oaho adno}°«™ ^
Fern. o^Ha adna oj^i adnye

--whose

( one
alone
only
some

Masc. caMt sam
Neut. caMo samo
Fern. caMa sama

caMH sami

(self

1 This pronoun is always used with reference to the subject of
the sentence ; it may mean my own, thy own, his own, her own, our
own, your own, or their own ; for the ordinary words for his, her,
and their see p. 105.

NOMINATIVE OF PEONOUNS

57

SINGULAR

Masc. 3toti> e!,tot
Neut. 3to eata
Fern. 9Ta eata

PLURAL

Masc. toti>
Neut. to
Fern. Ta

Masc. Becb
Neut. Bee x
Fern, bch

tot

to

ta

vy^s

fsyo

fsya

3th e^yi =

Ti

tye

bc£ fsye

this, or that
these, or those
the latter

that yonder
those yonder
the former

the whole
all

CHAPTER 15

VOCABULARY OF WORDS DENOTING MALE AND
FEMALE BEINGS

- father

OTeu>

atyeats

SaTiomKa 2

batyushka

nana, nanaina

MaTb

maV

MaTymna

matushka

Mii-Ma, MaMama

mother

OTen> and MaTb are the formal words for father and
mother ; they are used in literature, in narration, and in
conversation by younger people to older.

1 This word is very often used adverbially with the meaning
continually, nothing but, keeps on. . . .

2 The plurals 6aTK)inKH and MaTyuiKH are only used as exclama-
tions of intense surprise or horror

58

MALE AND FEMALE DESIGNATIONS

BaTiomKa and MaTynnca are used by older people to
younger, in addressing peasants and people of the working
class, and by these latter in addressing educated people ;
the former is also used in addressing priests.

The four last names are those most used by children
of and to their parents and by grown-up strangers to
children of their parents.

poAHTejin

^AyniKa
6a6yinKa

radyityelyi
dyeat

dyeadushka
babushka

parents

grandfather

grandmother

son

daughter

cuwb syn

chhoicl (dim.) synok

;o.o*n> do^ch'

flOHKa (dim.) dochka

^o^Ka is much more frequently used than chhokt> ;
AOTOa is the ordinary word for daughter, and chitb for son.

grandson

granddaughter

brother
sister

uncle
aunt

child
children
child
children

BHyK'L

BHy^eKt (dim.)
BHy^Ka

vnuk

vniichek

vniichka

SpaTb
cecTpa

brat
s(y)estra

A^AH

TeTH

dyadya
tyotya

pe6eH0KrL
pe6aia

dyitya
dy#tyi
rebyonak
rebyata

MALE AND FEMALE DESIGNATIONS 59

In ordinary conversation peSeHorcb and flfoH are most
often used for child and children ; flirra is common in
literature ; pe6aTa is very commonly used in the non-
literal sense, as * boys ' in English, e.g. amongst soldiers.

J\m& is always neuter and pe6eHorcb always masculine
whatever the sex of the child.

MyacL
cynpyra

jKeHa
cynpyra

muzh
supriik

zhena
supruga

husband
. wife

Cynpyrt and cynpyra are the terms of polite reference
most often used amongst friends and acquaintances after
the pronoun your; My^Kt and 5KeHa are those used
amongst relations, and otherwise always when referring
to people not actually present.

JKeHHXt

HeB^CTa

TOBapHH^

zhenyikh
nyevyeasta

druk
tavarishch

fiance
fiancee

friend (masc. or fern.)
companion (masc.)

^pypb can refer to either sex ; there is a word no^pyra
for female friend, but it means rather a girl-companion ;
if a specifically male or female friend is indicated the
following words must be used :

npiaxejib priyatyeP friend (masc.)

npiaTeJibHHij.a priyatyelnyitsa friend (fern.)

60

MALE AND FEMALE DESIGNATIONS

ywrejib

uchityel'

teacher (masc.)

yTOTejibHHija

uchltyelnyitsa

teacher (fern.)

yqeHHKb

uchenyik

pupil (masc.)

yieHHija

uchenyitsa

pupil (fern.)

rocnoAHHt

gaspadyin

Mr., gentleman

rocnoaca

gaspazha

Mrs., Miss

AaMa

dama

lady

rocnofla pi.

gaspada

Messrs. or Mr. and Mrs.

6apHHi>

barin

the gentleman, themaster

GapuHH

barynya

the lady, the mistress

6apLimHa

baryshnya

the young lady

cjiyra

sluga

male servant

npncjiyra

prisluga

female servant

ropmraHaa adj.

gornyichnaya

maid

X03HHin>

(k)hazyayin

host, master

xo3aHKa

(k)hazyaika

hostess, mistress

xo3aeBa pi.

(k)hazyayeva

host and hostess

nont1

pop

priest

nonaAta x

papadya

priest's wife

u;apb

tsa/r'

tsar

ijapnija

tsaritsa

tsaritsa

u,ecapeBH*n>

tsesar(y)evich

tsesarevich (eldest son,
Crown Prince)

u.apeBnq'b

tsar(y)evich

tsarevich (any other son
of Tsar)

1 More respectfully : CBHmeHHHKt (svyashchenyik) and ?KeHa
CBHmeHHHKa.

MALE AND FEMALE DESIGNATIONS

61

TocyflapB 1
TocynapHHa x

gasud&r'
gasudarynya

the Sovereign, the Tsar
the Sovereign, the Tsar-
itsa

HMnepaTopt

HMiiepaTpHija

HacjrfeflHHK'b

imperator

imperatritsa

nasly^dnyik

the Emperor
the Empress
the Heir-Apparent

KOpOJIB

KopojieBa

kar6T
karalyeava

king
queen

KHH3B

KHarHHH

KHHJKHa

knyaV

knyaghinya

knyazhna

Prince

Princess (wife)
Princess (daughter)

BeJiHKin Khh3b
BejiHKaa KirarHira

velyiki k.
velyikaya k.

Grand Duke
Grand Duchess

rpa^t
rpa$HHa

graf
grafinya

Count
Countess

MaJIB^HK'L

maTchik

boy

napeHB

leJIOBilCB
CTapHKt

paren'

chelavyeak

starik

lad
man
old man

^BO^Ka

^BymKa

ftfeinja

jKemijHHa

CTapyxa

dyeavachka
dyeavushka

dyevitsa

zhenshchina

stariikha

little girl (till about 13)
girl (from 13 till about

25)
spinster
woman
old woman

1 cyflapb and cyflapHHH are the old words for Sir and Madam.

62 MALE AND FEMALE DESIGNATIONS

HejiOBircB is the ordinary word for man, but its real
meaning is human being, and thus it can also be used
with reference to women, e.g. :

OHa HeC^aCTHblH ^eJIOB'ljK'L

she is an unfortunate person.

The plural of lejiOBiic^ is jiio^h, which includes both
men and women. HejiOB^Kt is also used for waiter.
JKeHmHHa is the ordinary word for woman. Mymiraa (also
spelt MyjKTOHa) is the specific word for man as opposed
to woman.

MysKHKt = a male peasant, 6a6a = a female peasant.

Ea6i>i is colloquially used for womenfolk. Other equally
common and rather more respectful terms for the
peasants are :

KpecTbamnrb = peasant man
KpecTtaHKa = peasant woman
KpecTtaHe ^peasants.

CHAPTER 16

EXAMPLES OF PRONOUNS USED IN AGREEMENT
WITH NOUNS

moh OTeii,^ = my father
moh MaTL =my mother

moh poflHTejiH =my parents

Bann> 6aTioniKa =your father
Bama MaTyuiKa =your mother
Banra a^th =your children

PEONOUNS WITH SUBSTANTIVES

63

Hann> CHHTb
Hama ftoiKa
HamH ^4th

tboii 6paTt
tboh cedpa

= our son

= our daughter

= our children

= thy brother
=thy sister

tboh poflHT&JiH =thy parents

Obs. tboh: is used in the same way as th : cf. p. 17.

N.B. The words moh and tboh are diphthongs pro-
nounced moi and tvoi ; the words moh and tboh are each
of two syllables and are pronounced ma-yi, tva-yi.

KaKT> BamH poftHTejiH ?

OHH 3^6pOBLI

KaKT> Bann> 6pan> ?

OHT> SftOpOBT.

KaKT» Baina ^o^Ka ?
OHa 3AopoBa

KaKT. TBOH ^TH ?

OHH 60JIBHBI
KaKT. TBOH CLIHT. ?

OHT» 66jieHrb
KaK^b TBOH ftOTOa ?

OHa SojitHa
Mot ^i^yniKa o^eHt 66jiem>
moh 6a6ymKa o^eHB 6ojn>Ha
Bann> SaTiomKa He3ia,op6BT> ?
Bama MaTynnca He3^op6Ba ?
tboh nana ^OB6jieHT> ?

TBOH MaMa flOBOJIBHa ?

= how are your parents ?

= they are well

=how is your brother ?

= he is well

= how is your daughter ?

= she is well

= how are thy children ?

= they are ill

= how is thy son?

= he is ill

=how is thy daughter ?

= she is ill

= my grandfather is very ill

= my grandmother is very ill

=is your father unwell ?

=is your mother unwell ?

= is thy father pleased ?

= is thy mother pleased ?

moh poftHTe;jiH oieHb flOBOJiBHH =my parents are very much

pleased

64

PEONOUNS WITH SUBSTANTIVES

BamH fliTH OHeHB CiaCTJIHBH

tboh po^HTejiH 6*ieHB He;n;oB6-

JEbHH

moh ^aji;a qj^cb
moh TeTa T&wb
17$ BamH poflirrejEH ?
MOH po^HTejin flOMa

BOT'L HamH ^TH
BOTT> MOH CUWb

botl Moa floiKa

BOTT> MOH 5KeHHXt

BOT'L Moa HeB'fecTa
17$ Bamt cynpyrL ?

MOH MySKL TyTT>

r^i Bama cynpyra ?
Moa 5KeHa ROMa

9TO MOH BHyK^

8to Moa BHy^Ka

9T0 MOH JI,4tH

iyv£ Bamt rowl ?

rp$ flOMT* ?
BOTT> flOML

BOTh Hamt ROM'S

9T0 Barnt ROWb ?

;n;a, 3T0 moh ROMh

H^TB, 8T0 He MOH ROM'S

KaKt Bdinrh aspect ?
Bort Moft aspect

=your children are very

happy
= thy parents are much

annoyed
= my uncle is here
=my aunt is there
= where are your parents ?
=my parents are at home
=here are our children
= here is my son
=here is my daughter
=here is my fiance
= here is my fiancee
= where is your husband ?
= my husband is here
= where is your wife f
=my wife is at home
= this is my grandson
=*this is my granddaughter
= these are my children
= where is your house ?
= where is the house ?
= there is (here is) the

house
= there is (here is) our

house
=is this your house ?
=yes, that is my house
=no, that is not my house
=what (lit. how) is your

address ?
=this is my address

PEONOUNS WITH SUBSTANTIVES

65

Moe M^CTO
TBOe M^CTO

Haine HM^Hie
Baine m4cto
HamH MicTa
BamH MicTa

Beet ropoflt
Bca yjraija
Bca KBapTiipa

BCH flepeBHH

Bee cejio
Bee nojie

BCfe H3BOmHKH

Bcfe AOMa
bc6 ropofla

BCfe yJIHI],I>I
BCi KBapTHpbl

Bcfe ^epeBHH

BCfe MiCTa

bc6 ce^ia
Bcfe nojia

3T0TI» fl.OM'L
OTOTt ^eJIOBiKt
9T0TT> rocnoAHHt
9Ta JKeHHJHHa

9Ta flaMa
BTa SapHinHa

3T0 M^CTO
aTOT'B MaJIL^HKt
1809

=my place
= £% pZace
= our property
= your place
= our places
= your places

= Jfoe whole house
= the whole town
= the whole street
= the whole flat
= the whole hamlet
= the whole village
= the whole field
= all the cabs
= all the houses
= all the towns
= all the streets
=-- all the flats
= all the hamlets
= all the places
= all the villages
= all the fields

= this house
= this man
= this gentleman
= this woman
= this lady
= this young lady
= this place
= this boy

66

PEONOUNS WITH SUBSTANTIVES

3TOTl> pe6eH0Ki>
9Ta A^ByniKa

3T0 flHTH
3TH flOMa
3TH ^TH
3TH M^CTd
3TH JIK)^H
3TH MaJIB^HKH
3TH K&BOttKH
3TH ^ByiHKH
3TH JKeHmHHBI

stotb MymHHa

3TH MyiU,HHbI
3T0TI> MyaCHKt
3TH My^KHKH

3Ta 6a6a
3th 6a6bi
3th rocno^a

3TH ^aMBI

3th SaptimHH

TOTt ROMS*

Ta yjraija

TO M^CTO

stot'l ropoRt
3Ta KBaprapa

3T0 MicTO

3TH flOMa

= this child

= this little girl

= this girl

= this child

= these houses

= these children

= these places

= these people

= these boys

= tffeese Ziftfe girls

= J/iese gw-Zs

= these women

= £/m man

= these men

= tfm peasant man

= tffeese peasant men

= this peasant woman

= these peasant women

= these gentlemen (or ladies

and gentlemen)
= these ladies
= these young ladies

= that house yonder (or that

other)
= that street yonder, that

other street
= that place yonder
= this town
= this flat
= this place
= these houses

PEONOUNS WITH SUBSTANTIVES

67

t4 flOMa
3TH ^epeBHH
t4 flepeBHH

3TH M^CTa
T^ M^CTa

Beci> 3tott> ;o;omt> Hami>

BCt 3TH A^TH MOH

bch Hama KBapTiipa

OHH BCfe 3A0p0BBI
BCe 3T0 M^CTO
BO'S 3TH JIIORH 60JIBHH
3Ta KBapTHpa MOH

sto Moa KBaprapa

3TH M^CTa Hainn
3T0 HaiHH M^CTa

bott> Baina KOMHaTa

3T0 MOa KOMHaTa

qeii 3T0tt> #omt> ?
or 3to *ieii aomt* ?

3T0 MOft flOMt
3T0TT> #OMT> MOH

hbh 3Ta KBapTiipa ?
or sto qta KBaprapa ?

Hbe 3TO M^CTO ?
or 3T0 Hbe M^CTO ?

= those houses yonder

= #iese hamlets

= tfiose otf&er hamlets

= these places

= #iose oJ/ier places

= aZZ #ws Zio'wse is cwrs

= all these children are mine

= the whole of our flat

= they are all well

= the whole of this place

= all these people are ill

= this flat is mine

= this is my flat

= these places are ours

= these are our places

= this is your room

= this is my room

-- whose house is this ?

= this is my house
= this house is mine

[ = ivhose flat is this ?
j- = whose place is this ?

Obs. m^cto never means property, but always a locality
or a seat in the theatre, train, &c, also a piece of
luggage.

F2

68

PEONOUNS WITH SUBSTANTIVES

1BH 3TH fleHBrH ?
Or 9T0 HBH fleHBrH ?

8to moh fleHBrn

9TH fleHBrH MOH
BCfc HaiHH AGHBrH

3th ^eHBrn Hamn, a

Ti BamH
Bci 3th fleHBru BamH
r^ ^eHBrn ?
boti> fleHBrn

= whose money is this ?

= that is my money
= that money is mine
= all our money
_ J this money is ours, and
{ that over there is yours
= all this money is yours
= where is the money ?
= here is the money

Obs. JJeHBrci is a feminine nominative plural ; the
singular fleHBra is the name of a coin now obsolete.

a caMt
h caMa

TBI CaMTb

tbi caMa

OHT, CaHTL

(ma caMa
m^cto caMo
or caMo m^cto

MBI CaMH
BBI CaMH

ohh caMH
oh4 caMH

a oahhb
a o^Ha

TBI OflHHT, ?
TBI o^Ha ?
OHB OflHHT*

= 1 myself (masc.)
= I myself (fern.)
= thou thyself (masc.)
= thou thyself (fern.)
= he himself
= she herself

r =the place itself (neut.)

= we ourselves (masc. and fern.)
= you yourselves (masc. and fern.)
= they themselves (masc. and neut.)
= they themselves (fern.)

= 1 am alone (masc.)
= J am alone (fern.)
= art thou alone t (masc.)
= art thou alone ? (fern.)
= he is alone

PEONOUNS WITH SUBSTANTIVES

OHa oflHa

MH OftHH

Bbl OflHH ?
OHH OflHH
BLI OAHi ?

= s/&e 15 atone

= we are alone (masc.

masc. and fern.)
= are you alone ?
= they are alone
= are you alone t (fern.)
= they are alone (fern.)

69

or

Obs. In all these cases o^hhi,, &c, can also mean only :

-- 1 alone, only I

or oflHHfc a

OftHH MaJIbTOKH

MaJIbHHKH OflHH
A^BOHKH OAH^

OAHHt leJIOBiKl.

oflHa sKeHnjiraa

OftHO M^CTO

oahh jho^h
oahh M^CTa
OflHITL HeMOflaHfc

oahhi. py6jn>
o^Ha JiouiaAb
o^Ha KoniiiKa
OAHa KOMHaTa

= only toys, some boys
= only girls, some girls
= the boys are alone
= the little girls are alone

= (1) one man
(2) a certain man

= (1) one woman
(2) a certain woman

= (1) one place
(2) a certain place

= some people

= some places

= one trunk

= one day

= one rouble

= one horse

= one kopek

= one room

70

PEONOUNS WITH SUBSTANTIVES

OflHa KpOBaTb

OflHO h6jioko

OflHO CJIOBO
OflHO okh6

= one bed
= one apple
= one word
= one window

CHAPTER 17

THE NOMINATIVE

Adjectives

Examples of all the essential forms of adjectives are

given in the following list in the nominative singular and

plural :

Hard

Plural
beautiful

krasivy

krasivoye

krasivaya

Soft
dark blue

Singular

MaSC. KpaCHBBIH

Neut. KpaeHBoe1
Fern. KpaciiBaa

KpacHBbie

KpaCHBBIH

krasivy-ye 2
krasivy-ya 2

CIIHlfl

Masc. dimit sinyi craie

Neut. ciiHee sinyeye

Fern. chhhji sinyaya

Hard accent on termination
young
Masc. MOJiofloft maladoi mojioabic

Neut. mxom maladoye ) fllia

Fern. MOJiOAaa maladaya j

1 This -oe sounds in rapid speech like -oft or -bi.

2 In rapid speech the -ye and -ya of the plural termina-
tions are indistinguishable.

smyiye 2
sinyiya 2

malady-ye 2
malady-ya 2

NOMINATIVE OP ADJECTIVES

Stem in k r x

Singular Plural

high, tall
Masc. bbicoiuh vysoki BBicome

Neut. BbicoKoe l vysokoye
Fern. BticoKaa vysokaya

71

• BBICOK1H

vysokiye 2
vysokiya 2

Masc. floporoft
Neut. floporoe
Fern. floporaa

Same, with accent on termination

dear
daragoi floporie daragiye 2

• floporia daragiya 2

daragoye
daragaya

Stem in jk h in m

good, nice
(k)haroshy xopoinie (k)haroshy-ye 2

2

Masc. xoponiift

Neut. xopoinee3 (k)harosheye )

t-, , \ C . * \ xopoima (k)haroshy-ya

Fern, xoponiaa (k)harosnaya J v } J J

Same, with accent on termination

big
Masc. 6ojiBinoH bal'shoi 6ojiBinie bal'shy-ye2

Neut. 6oJii>in6e bal'shoye
Fern. 6ojn>maa bal'shaya

60 Jibinia bal 'shy-ya 2

1 This -oe sounds in rapid speech like -oft or -h.

2 In rapid speech the -ye and -ya of the plural termina-
tions are indistinguisable.

3 This -ee sounds in rapid speech like -e.

72

CHAPTER 18

EXAMPLES OF ADJECTIVES USED IN AGREEMENT
WITH NOUNS

KpaCHBHH flOM'b

KpacHBoe M^CTO
KpaciiBaa KBaprapa
KpacHBLie ftOMa
KpaciiBLia MicTa

KpaCHBBIH KapTHHH
CHHifi KOCTIOMI*

ciiHee njiaTbe
CHHaa KHHra

MOJIOflOH tieJIOBiKL

MOJio^oe flepeBO
MOJioflaa ftfayniKa
MOJIOftLie jiioah

mojio^hh flepeBba
mojioahh ftfeymKH

BLICOKill ROWb

BLicoKoe ^epeBO
BLicoKaa ropa
Bbicome ji,OMa
BLicoKia flepeBba

BblCOKia H.'liHbl

^oporoii MarasHH-b
Roporoe H3,n,aHie
jjoporaa KHHra

a (or the) beautiful house
a beautiful place
a beautiful flat
(the) beautiful houses
beautiful places
beautiful pictures

a dark blue suit
a dark blue dress
a blue book

a young man
a young tree
a young girl
young people
young trees
young girls

a tall house

a tall tree

a high hill (or mountain)

tall houses

tall trees

high prices

an expensive shop
an expensive edition
an expensive book

ADJECTIVES WITH SUBSTANTIVES

73

floporie 6nJieTH

expensive tickets

jnoporia Mida

expensive places

;n;oporia BemH

expensive things

xoponiiii MarasHH-L

a good shop

xopomift pedopaHt

a good restaurant

xopoiniii fteHb

a nice day

xppoinee Macjio

good butter

xoponiee iihbo

good beer

xopoinee bhho

good wine

xopoinaa KBapTiipa

a nice flat

xopomaa KOMHaTa

a nice room

xopoinaa noro/ja

nice weather

BoJibinoH ropofl'b

a large town

6oJn>in6e ce^io

a large village

6ojibinaa AepeBHH

a large hamlet

Sojibinfe ropo.ua

large towns

6ojiBmia cejia

large villages

Sojibmia KOMHaTbi

large rooms

CHAPTER 19

VOCABULARY

Adjectives denoting size, shape, position

6ojilui6h

bal'shoi

big, large

Gojibiuiii

boU'shy

bigger, larger

BejiHKitt

velyiki

great

orpoMHutt

agromny

huge

rpoMaflHbitt

gramadny enormous

He6ojibiii6tt

nyebal'shoi small

74

ADJECTIVES OF SIZE AND SHAPE

MaJieHLKift x

malyenki

little

MeHBIIlift

mjyj^nshy

smaller

KpyrjiBiii

kriigly

round

KBaApaTHtiit

kvadratny

square

iHJIHHHBIH

dlyinny

long (of objects)

AOJiriM

dolgi

long (of time)

KOpOTKM

karotki

short (of both)

IIIHpOKM

shyroki

broad

y3Kiii

uski

narrow

rjiy66KiH

gluboki

deep

MejiKiii 2

myealki

shallow

TOJICTBIH

tolsty

thick (only of solids)

TOHKift

tonki

thin (only of solids)

noJiHBiii

polny

full, fat (of people)

xysoii

(k)hudoi

thin (of people)

nycToft

pustoi

empty

rycToft

gustoi

thick (of liquids, hair, &c.)

p-fe^Kiit

ryeatki

sparse, rare

JKHAHift

zhytki

thin (of liquids)

BBICOKift

vysoki

tall, high

HH3Kitt

nyiski

low

Bepxmft

v(y)eirkhnyi

upper

cpeffHiii

sr(y)ejdnyi

middle

HHH^Hifi

nyizhnyi

lower

pOBHBlfi

rovny

even

JI-feBBlfi

lyeavy

left

npaBBitt

pravy

right

3aAHift

zadnyi

back

nepeAHitt

per(y)eidnyi

front

cji'kayiomni

slyeaduyushchi

next, the following

nocjrfeflHiii

paslyeMnyi

last

TaMOUIHitt

tamoshnyi

belonging there

QR-fcumift

zdye'shnyi

belonging here

M-feCTHBlft

myeastny

local

1 MajiBiii = small is seldom used.

2 Also = fine (of print), petty, small (e.g. money).

75

CHAPTER 20

VOCABULARY

Adjectives denoting appearance, quality

xopouiift

(k)haroshy

nice, good

xopoiuenLKift

(k)haroshenki

pretty

KpaCHBLlft

krasivy

beautiful

npeKpacHHft

prekrasny

fine, very beautiful

npejiecTHbiii

prelyeastny

charming, exquisite

HyAHLiii

chudny

marvellous

OTJiii^HBiii

atlyichny

[ excellent

npeBOCXOAHLIH

prevaskhodny

BeJIHKOJTBIIHHH

velyikalyeapny

magnificent

yAHBHTeJIbHHtt

udyivityelny

astonishing

npiHTHbiii

priyatny

pleasant

JIK)6e3HbIH

lyubyeazny

amiable

#66pbift

dobry

kind

MHJIblH

mily

nice, dear

CHMnaTHqHHM

simpatyichny

sympathetic

Becejibifi

vesyoly

merry

3a6aBHLifi

zabavny

amusing

HHTepeCHblft
BaHHTHbIM

intyer(y)easny
zanyatny

I interesting

npHBJieKaTeJibHbiii

privlyekatyelny

attractive

BKycHbiii

fkiisny

nice (to taste)

Hexopouihi

nyekharoshy

not nice

HeKpacHBbiii

nyekrasivy

ugly

njiox6tt

plakhoi

poor, bad, miserable

CKBepHblft

skvyearny

horrid, nasty

napniHBHtt

parshyvy

rotten

flpHHHOH

dryannoi

worthless

HenpiflTHbitt

nyepriyatny

unpleasant

flypHOtt

durnoi

bad, wicked

SJIOtt

zloi

malicious

76 ADJECTIVES OF APPEAEANCE AND QUALITY

rpycTHLiii

griistny

sad

CKyHHBltt

skfichny

tedious, boring

HenHTepecHbift

ny einty er(y ) easny

uninteresting

onacHtifi

apasny

dangerous

CTpaniHtiH

strashny

terrible

y>KacHLitt

uzhasny

awful

npOTHBHHft

pratyivny

disgusting

Heo6xoAHMtift

nyeapkhadyimy

essential

jraiiraift

lyishnyi

extra, superfluous

06BIKH0BeHHBIH

abyknavy6nny

usual

Heo6BIKHOBeHHBltt

nyeabyknavyenny

unusual

oc66eHHBiii

asob(y)enny

especial

66miii

opshchi

general

rOTOBBIH

gatovy

ready

TpyflHBIH

triidny

difficult

THJKeJIBlfi

tyazholy

heavy

jierKift

lyokhki

light, easy

npocToii

prastoi

simple

CJIO>KHBIM

slozhny

complex

IipHMOH

pryamoi

direct, straight

Aoporoii

daragoi

dear, expensive

AeineBBitt

dyeshovy

cheap

HHCTBltt

chisty

clean

rpfl3HBIH

gryazny

dirty

6oraTBiit

bagaty

rich

S'feAHBlit

byedny

poor

CHaCTJIHBBIM

schastlyivy

hippy

HecnacTHBiii

nyeschastny

unhappy

y^oSHBifi

udobny

convenient, comfort
able

HeyAo6HBitt

nyeudobny

inconvenient, uncom-
fortable

3«Op6BBltt

zdarovy

healthy

60JIBHOH

bal'noi

sick

CBO 66 flHBlft

svabodny

free

cjrfenoft

slyepoi

blind

rjiyxoit

glukhoi

deaf

H^MOfi

nyemoi

dumb

ADJECTIVES OF APPEAEANCE AND QUALITY 77

CJiJIbHBltt

sil'ny

strong (physically and
figuratively)

KpinKift

kryeapki

strong (of drinks,
health), firm

TBepflHii

tvyordy

hard, firm

CJiaoHft

slaby

weak

MnrKift

myakhki

soft

rjiaflirift

glatki

smooth

rpyStiii

griiby

rough, coarse^ rude

cjiaflirift

slatki

sweet

KHCJIBlft

kisly

sour

ropbKitt

goVki

bitter

CB'EJKift

svyeazhy

fresh

cnijiMH

spyealy

ripe

ropflniii

garyaehi

hot (of objects)

jKapiriii

zharki

hot (of temperature)

TenjiHH

tyoply

warm

npoxjiaAHbiH

prakhladny

cool

xojioahhh

(k)halodny

cold

CKoptiii

skory

rapid

uiH6Kiii

shypki

quick

6tICTpHft

bystry

swift

THXift

tyikhi

quiet, slow

MeflJieHHBlft

myeidlyenny

slow

MOKpBlft

mokry

wet

CBip6ft

syroi

damp, raw

cyxoii

sukhoi

CHAPTER 21

VOCABULARY

dry

Adjectives denoting colour and age

CB'ETjibifi svyeHly light

TeMHBift tyomny dark

nepHbiM chorny black

KopHHHeBBiii karichnyevy brown

78

ADJECTIVES OF COLOUK AND AGE

cfepHii

sy6ary

grey

6ijiuA

by6aly

white

KpaCHHtt

krasny

red

3ejieHHH

zelyony

green

>KejiTLiii

zholty

yellow

CHHitt

sinyi

dark blue

rojiy66ft

galiiboi

light blue

JIHJIOBBlft

lyilovy

lilac, mauve

6jrE#HBift

blyeadny

pale

CM^TJIBlft

smugly

dark (of complexion)

pikmiPi

ryzhy

red-haired

pyctiH

riisy

flaxen-haired

dtaoKyptiii

byelakury

fair-haired

CE;n6ft

syedoi

gray-haired

HCHLlfl

yasny

clear, plain

nprnft

yarki

bright

h6bbi#

novy

new

MOJiofloft

maladoi

young

CTaptiii

stary

old

CTapHHHLlft

starinny

old-fashioned

AP^BHitt

dr(y)6ivnyi

ancient

CTapinitt

starshy

elder

MJia^uiiii

mladshy

younger

nojKHJioii

pazhyloi

elderly

np6>KHift

pr(y)eizhnyi

former

npouiJiBiti

proshly

last, the previous

6yAymin

budushchy

the coming, next

paHHift

ranyi

early

no3Rmvi.

pozdnyi

late

BeceHHiil

v(y)esy6innyi

spring

ji'BTHin

ly^tnyi

summer

OC^HHitt

asy^nnyi

autumn

3HMHifi

zimnyi

winter

yTpeHHiii

utrennyi

morning

BeqSpmft

vfyjech^rnyi

evening

Ten6peniHift

tyep(y ) e^eshnyi

of nowadays

Tor^aniHitt

taghdashnyi

of those days

79

CHAPTER 22

VOCABULARY

Adjectives denoting Nationality

aBCTpiiiCKift

afstriski

Austrian

aMepHKaHCKitt

amerikanski

American

aHrjiiftCKifi

anglyiski

English

GejibriftcKift

belgiski

Belgian

6ojirapcKitt

balgarski

Bulgarian

BeHrSpcKift

veng(y)6arski

Hungarian

rojiJiaHACKitl

galantski

Dutch

rp^ecKift

grtyj&cheski

Greek

^.aTCKitt

datski

Danish

HcnaHCKiii

ispanski

Spanish

HTaJILflHCKiti

italyanski

Italian

KHTSLHCKiii

kitaiski

Chinese

H0pB6>KCKitt

narv(y)6azhski

Norwegian

ITBMglJKift

nyemy6atski

German

nojibCKitt

poU'ski

Polish

pyMfc'lHCKiH

rumfnski

Roumanian

pyccKifi

riiski

Russian, a Russian

c6p6cmft

s(y)6arpski

Serbian

TypSumft

tur(y)eatski

Turkish

(J)HHJIHHflCKifi

finlyantski

Finnish

$paHi^^3CKiii

frantstjski

French

HepHor6pcKift

chernagorski

Montenegrin

qSniCKitt

cheashski

Chekh, Bohemian

uiB^ACKiii

shv(y)eatski

Swedish

uiBeftuapcKitt

shveitsarski

Swiss

nnoHCKitt

yaponski

Japanese

N.B. the common adverbial expressions formed from

these words, e. g. :

no-pyccKH = in Russian
&c.
KaKt 3TO no-p^ccKH ? = what is that in Russian ?
no-aHrjiiiicKH bto ... = in English that is . . .

80 ADJECTIVES OF NATIONALITY AND NAMES

Surnames

such as

(rpa^t) TojiCToft talstoi

(rpa<J)HHfl) ToJiCTan talstaya

flocroeBCKift dastayefski
HaftKdBCKift chaykofski
(KHflrHHfl) BapHTHHCKafl baryatyinskaya (Princess) Barydtinslci

Many adjectives are used as nouns, e.g. :
ropHHHHafl =house-maid MHCHoe 2

ropo^OBoft =policeman
rocTHHaa l = drawing -room
R'BTCKaH i =nursery

>KapK6e 2 =roast meat (course)

>KHBOTHoe =animal

3HaKOMuti, -an = acquaintance
30JiOToii =10-rouble gold coin

KJiaftOBaH * = store-room

(Count) Tolstoi
(Countess) Tolstdi

Dostoyevski
Chaikdvski

= meat-course
Ha6epe>KHafl =quay
HacfeKOMoe =insect

Mopo>KeHHoe =ice (to eat)

noAAaHHBifi
ptiGHoe 2
cjia^Koe 2

CTOJIOBafl *
XOJIOCTOft
ITBJIKOBbltt
HaCOBOtt

= subject
=fish-course
= sweet-course
= dining-room
=bachelor
=a rouble
= sentry

CHAPTER 23

THE TWO FORMS OF THE ADJECTIVE

The adjective in Eussian has two forms :

(1) the short, or predicative ;

(2) the long, or attributive.

The former is exactly like a noun, and, except in poetry,
is only used as the predicate and in the nominative, e.g. :

a 3,nop6Bi> =1 am well

th flOB6jiein> = thou art pleased

oht> roTOBTb = he is ready

OHa KpaciiBa =she is beautiful
1 Sc. K6MHaTa = room. 2 Sc. Cjiibflo = dish.

THE TWO FOEMS OF THE ADJECTIVE 81

The latter is used as an attribute and must agree with
the noun it qualifies. Examples of both forms of the
adjective have already been given, but it is necessary to
add the following observations on their use.

1. In theory the short or predicative form of the
adjective is always used when the adjective forms the
predicate ; in practice, however, it will be found that the
long or attributive form, more often than not, takes its
place, all the more as the adjective, when it forms the
attribute, in Kussian is frequently placed after the noun
which it qualifies. Examples :

offb o^eHB mhjibih = 7i6 is (a) very nice {fellow)
(ma KpacHBaa = she is (a) beautiful (woman)

2. Adjectives containing two consonants before the
termination sometimes have an e or o inserted between the
two consonants in the short form in the masc. nom. sing. :

6ojn>Hoit 66jieHT>

HecHacTHLiii Hec^acTeirc*

n6jIHHH iiojiohb

jierKiii jieroM>

3. EojitmoH, He6ojn>m6H and MajieHBKiii have no short
forms ; the following adjectives are used instead if pre-
dicative forms are required :

ropoft'B BejiHK'B the town is big

KOMHaTa BejiHKa the room is big

Mope BeJiHKo the sea is big

flOMa BejiHKH the houses are big

KBapTiipBi BejiHKH the rooms are big

nojia BejiHKH the fields are big

HeBejimcB, &c. small

MajTB, Majia, Majio, MajiBi little

1809 G

82 THE TWO FOEMS OF THE ADJECTIVE

(BejiHKi, and Majrt are often used in the sense of too
big and too small.) MaJieHtmft is much more often used
than MaJTb. Such predicative forms of the adjective as
have been given in the preceding pages, e.g. : a sflopoBt =»
I am well, a 66jieHt=I am ill, are all very commonly
used; the word Sojibhoh, 6ojn>Haa (i.e. the attributive
form of this adjective) as a rule means the patient, the
invalid. The word paflt is only used in the short form.

4. Adjectives denoting colour and those ending in -CKiii
are only used in the long form, e.g. :

OHt pyccKifi he is a Bussian

3Ta flaMa — pyccnaa this lady is a Bussian

Moa co6aKa — nepHaa my dog is black

Obs. The dash is often used to take the place of is, are.

CHAPTER

24

PRONOUNS LIKE ADJECTIVES, AND THE SUPERI

nepBHfi

pyearvy

first

BTopoii

ftaroi

second

TpeTiii

tr(y)eityi

third

APyrott

drugoi

other

KaSKflHH

kazhdy

every, each

BcaKiii

fsyaki

of every kind

K0T6pHH

katory

which

H^KOTOpHH

nyeakatory

a certain, some

KaKOH

kak6i

of what sort

KaKOBfc

kakof

what like

PKONOUNS LIKE ADJECTIVES

83

HHKaK6ft nyikakoi
KaKoit-TO kakoita

of no sort
of some sort

KaK6H-HH6y,nib kakoinyibut'

f of any sort

[ of some sort or other

TaKOH tak6i

of such a sort

TaKoii-To tak6ita

such and such

caMHH samy
jih)66h lyuboi
hhoh inoi

the very
any you like
some

MHorie mnogiye
HeMHorie nyemnogiye
H^CKOJiBKie nyeaskalkiye

many (people), several
not many, few
a few

and the adjective used

as a noun

MH6roe mnogoye (cf . p. 71) much

ojmwh past )

r r = once
or pa3Tb J

nepBLiii past = the first time

nepBBiii A6HB = the first day

nepBHii KJiaccs* = first class

nepBoe ftijio = the first thing (matter, business)

nepBaa yjinija = the first street

nepBoe m^cto = the first place

BTopoft pa3i> = the second time
BTopoii fleHb = tfie second day
BTopoft KJiacci* = second class
BTopoe j$Jio = the second thing
BTopaa hohb = the second night

TpeTin pa3s> --* the third time
Tperin &eKb = the third day
TpeTift KJiaccL = third class

G2

84 PEONOUNS LIKE ADJECTIVES

TpeTte a^jio = the third thing
TpeTte m^cto = the third place
TpeTba yjiHi],a » the third street
TpeTbH ho% = the third night
TpeTbH ^0^ = ^ third daughter

Kaacflbiii nofefl'b = every train
KajKfloe cjiobo = every word
KajKflan CTamjia = ei?en/ station

flpyroii pa3-b = another time

Apyroii AeHb = another day

ftpyroe m^cto = another place

ji,pyr6e nojiOTemi;e = another towel

flpyraa KOMHaTa = another (or different) room

flpyraa yjimja = another street

kot6phh HOMepi. ? = which number ? (cf. p. 45)
K0T6pbiii no fl'bfefl'b ? = which front door ?
KOTopaa KOMHaTa ? = which room ?
KOTopaa JiicTHima ? = which staircase ?

KaKoii cyirb ? = what hind of soup ?
KaKoe Maco ? =ivhat kind of meat ?
KaKaa yjiHi],a ? = what street ?

9T0 KaKoii ropoA'b ? = what town is that ?
3to KaKoii aomt* ? = what house is that ?
KOTopHii Bam-b romi* ? = which is your house ?
KOTOpblH ceroflHH fleHb ?

, = ivhat day is it to-day ?
or KaKoii ceroflHa j^eHb r ■ J

cerojjHa BocKpeceHbe = to-day is Sunday (Resurrection)

3aBTpa noHeA'kjibHHK'b = to-morrow is Monday

ceroflHa BT6pHHKrb = to-day is Tuesday

PEONOUNS LIKE ADJECTIVES 85

3aBTpa cpe.ua = to-morrow is Wednesday

Biepa 6lijtb ^eTBeprt = yesterday was Thursday

3aBTpa naTHHii,a = to-morrow is Friday

B^epa 6HJia cy66oTa = yesterday was Saturday

3T0 KaKan yjimja ? = what street is this ?

3to HeBCKiii IIpocneKT'b = that is the Nevski Prospect

3to KaKaa p^Ka ? =what river is this ?

3T0 HeBa = that is the Neva

KOTopaa Bania KBapTiipa ? = which is your flat ?

KOTopaa Bania KOMHaTa ? = which is your room ?

BOTb Haina KBapTiipa = that is our flat

3to Moa KOMHaTa = this is my room

KOTopoe Bame m^cto ? = which is your place ?

boti> 3TO Moe m^cto = this is my place here

3to KaKoe m^cto ? =what place is this ?

3T0 6ojibnioe ceji6=i£ is a large village

3to U,apcKoe Cen6 = it is Tsarskoye Selo

(lit. the Tsar's Village)
KOToptie Hauin 6nJieTbi ? = which tickets are ours ?
3to KaKie jnoflu ? =what people are these ?
KOToptia BaniH Bein,H ?~ivhich are your things ?
bott» 3to moh Beiu,H = these are my things here
bc6 3th Beiu,H BaniH ? = are all these things yours ?
,a,a, oh4 Bcfc mA = yes, they are all mine
3to KaKia fleHbrn ? =what money is this ?
3to pyccKia fteHbrH = i£ is Bussian money
Hira, 3to He pyccKia j$m>m=no, it is not Russian money
t4 fl^HbrH BaniH, a 3th moA^that money is yours, but this

is mine
3to KaKia nrfiCTa ? =what places are these ?
3to o^eHb xopouiia, ho o^eHb ) _ f those are very good but

floporia MicTa j 1 very expensive places

86 PEONOUNS LIKE ADJECTIVES

KOTopua BainH nojia ? = which are your fields ?
Bcfe 9th nojia moh = all these fields are mine
KOTopua Bainn a^th ? =which are your children ?
BOTb oto moh infan = these are my children here

what beautiful and nice
children !

Kama KpacHBbia h xopoinia

A^th !

KaKOH KpacHBHH romt> = what a beautiful house
Kanaa njioxaa noroAa = what bad weather
KaKoe xoponiee m£cto = what a nice place
Kanie SoJibinie Mara3HHbi=w/ia£ large shops
Kama fleineBbia Ku&m^what cheap books
Kania crapbia ftepeBba=w/ia£ old trees

TaKoii xopoiniit Rem, = such a nice day
TaKaa Kpaciteaa yjnma = such a beautiful street
TaKoe 6oJibnioe ceji6 = such a large village
TaKie xopoinie immL = such nice people
TaKia KpacHBbia ^ByinKH = such pretty girls
TaKia 6ojibinia ;nepeBba = swc/i large trees

Obs. A more emphatic form of this word, but little used
by educated people, is 9TaKoft, BTaKaa, 9TaKoe, &c.

KTO 8T0 TaKOH ?

, =who is that?

Or BTO KTO TaKOH t

kto oht> TaKoii ? =who is he ?
kto 0Ha TaKaa ? =who is she ?
kto ohh TaKie ? =who are they ?
hto 9to TaKoe ?

, =what is that?
or bto *ito TaKoe r j

kto-to T^wh^ there is some one there
ito-to TaMT>= there is something there
TaMT» 3iH KT6-Hn6yAi> ?»« any one there ?
Tawra* an ^TO-HH6yftb ? =is anything there ?

THE SUPEELATIVE 87

KaKOii-TO lejiOBiKt = some man, a certain man
KaKaa-TO yjnma = some street, a certain street
Kaicoe-TO cejio = some village, a certain village
Kame-TO JiK)AH = some people or other
KaKm-TO HceHmHHbi = some women or other
KaKiH-TO n$m = some sort of affairs
KaKOH-mrfyflb Mara3HHi> = any (sort of) shop
KaKaa-HH6yAb Benjb = any (sort of) thing
KaKoe-HH6yAB M'fecTO = any (sort of) place
Kame-HH6yAb ropo,n,a = any towns
KaKia-HH6yAi> Bew& = any things
KaKiH-HH6yrn)i> MicTa = any places

irkKOTopbie R¥)j5tn = certain people
HfeoTopbia Beui,H = certain things
HfeoTopbia M^CTa = certain places

KaKofi cynfc ? =what kind of soup ?
KaKOBfc cyuL ? —what is the soup like t
KaKoe bhho ? =what kind of wine f
KaKOBO bhho ? =what is the wine like ?
KaK&H pbi6a ? =what kind offish ?
KaKOBa pbi6a ? =what is the fish like?

caMbifi KpacHBbiii rowl = the most beautiful house
caMbiH SojibiHoii v6ipo]jsrh = the biggest town
caMaa KpaciiBaa yjiHU,a = the most beautiful street
caMafl HOBaa Bemb = the newest thing
caMoe KpacHBoe M4cTO = £foe most beautiful place
cainoe dapoe ftepeBO = the oldest tree
caMbie MaJieHbKie ftOMa = the smallest houses
caMbia ftoporia KHiirH = the dearest books
c&mhh ^emeBbia Mijcra = the cheapest places

THE SUPEELATIVE

N.B. caMbiii Jiynniitt =best

CaMHH njioxoii
caMbiii CKBepHbiii

= worst

Obs. Adjectives in the superlative degree have only the
longer or attributive form :

9tott> Mara3Hirb caMbiii Jiy^iniii
this shop is the best

9Ta KOMHaTa caMaa M&JieHbKaa
this room is the smallest

£to ira/jame caMoe aemeBoe
this edition is the cheapest

N.B. m JiaftiniH = younger

CTapiniii = elder

caMHH MJiaftiniii = youngest
caMbiii CTapiniii = eldest

oht> moh caMbiii MJiaAiniit 6paTrb = he is my youngest brother

tboji CTapinaa cecTpa = thy elder sister

oht> caMbiii CTapiniii = he is the eldest

9to Moa MJiaAinaa cecTpa = £/&a£ is my younger sister.

tott> caMbiii ropofl'b = the same town
Ta caMan fmii\a> = the same street
to caMoe m^cto = the same place
rfj caMbie Mara3HHbi = the same shops
t4 caMbra Beni,H = the same things
Ti caMbm flijia = the same affairs

89

CHAPTER 25

THE GENITIVE
Substantives

The genitive singular endings are

Hard
and

Masculine
Neuter
k Feminine

Examples :

IMara3HHa
SnjieTa
CTOJia

Hard j ^

Nouns

IM^CTa
cejia
66mecTBa

|6a6ti
KOMHaTH
H36tl

-a

-H

I Masculine )
Neuter J
Feminine -h

magazma

bilyeata

stala

myeasta

s(y)ela

opshcbestva

baby

komnaty

izby

90

GENITIVE OF SUBSTANTIVES

Soft J

Nouns

Masculine

Neuter

f aBT0M06HJIH

) cjiyqaa

COJIOBbH

BacHJiia

Inojra
pyjKba
HM^HiH

( He^4jin

k Feminine J ™Th*
apMin

V Poccih

aftamabilya
sluchaya
salavya
vasiliya

polya

ruzhya

imy^niya

nyedyeUyi
statyi
armiyi
rassiyi

Masculine nouns which contain e or o in the last syllable
of the nominative singular and lose it throughout the rest
of the declension :

NOM. SING.

IKOHeiji* kanyeHs
nocojrb pasol
peSeHOKt rebyonak

Soft

«eHb dyeV
oroHb ago^n'

GEN. SING.

KOHu;a kantsa
nocjia pasla
pe6eHKa rebyonka

AHH dnya
orHH agnya

Some masculine nouns have an alternative genitive
singular in -y (hard), -10 (soft), called partitive, which is
used after words denoting substances of which a definite
or indefinite quantity is indicated :

NOM. SING.

tt J caxapt sakhar sugar
\ Ta6aKi> tabak tobacco

Soft

*ian

chai

tea

GEN. SING.

caxapy
Ta6aKy
^aio

GENITIVE OF SUBSTANTIVES 91

But the use of this genitive has been considerably-
extended and is common where there is no idea of parti-
tion ; cf . Hfoy, an alternative and colloquial form of
HiTi» = there is not.

All feminine nouns which have nominative singular in
-Ka, -ra, -xa, -3Ka, -Ha, -ma, -ma
have genitive singular

-KH, -rH, -XH, -3KH, -TO, -IEH, -IIJH,

because u cannot stand after these consonants ; but
nevertheless -3kh and -inn are pronounced -jkh and -mH.

Examples (with pronunciation) :

NOM. SING. GEN. SING.

flfaoHKa dyeavachka j^Bo^um dyeavachki

cBina sv(y)echa cb4to sv(y)echi

Kajioina kalosha Kajiomn kaloshy

Feminine surnames in -OBa, -eBa, -HHa, have genitive
singular in -oh : IlaBJiOBOH, ApceHbeBoii, KapcaBHHoft.

Feminine nouns with nominative singular in -b have
genitive singular in -h, e.g. :

NOM. SING. GEN. SING.

aioinaflb horse JiomaflH

Bemt thing BemH

ijepKOBB church ijepKBH

MaTb mother MaTepn

.HOHb daughter floiepn

Neuter nouns in -a have genitive singular in -eHH, e.g. :

NOM. SING. GEN. SING.

BpeMa time BpeMeira

92 GENITIVE OP SUBSTANTIVES

The genitive plural endings are :

i

Masculine

-OBI

►

Hard -

a t\f\

Neuter
Feminine j

-i>

[ Masculine

-en,

-eBt

Soft j Neuter

-eft,

-iii

1 Feminine

■*V"

en, -in

Examples :

( Mara3HH0Bi>
Masculine \ 6iuieT0Bi>

magazinaf
bilyeataf

1 CTOJIOBl.

stalof

Hard

Nouns ^

[ MiCTTb

Neuter \ cejit

( 66mecTBi>

myeast

syol

opshchestf

[ 6a6i>
, Feminine \ KOMHarL

bap
komnat

( H36rb

izb

[ aBTOMoSHJien
Masculine \ cjiyqaeB^

( COJIOBbeBI>

aftamabllyei

sliichayef

salavyof

Soft

Nouns \

[ nojieii
Neuter j pysKen
inMimii

palyei
ruzhei
imye^nyi

, Feminine

Heflijit
■ CTaTeft
apMiii

nyedyeU'

statyei

armi

GENITIVE OP SUBSTANTIVES

93

Several masculine nouns have genitive plural in -t>, e.:

NOM. SING.

GEN.' PLUR.

cojiftarb soldier
past time (a)
msbST* eye
apmHHt yard

cojifla/rt
pa3i

apinirat

saldat
ras
glas
arshyn

NOM. PLUR.

b6jioch hair (collective)

KOH$eTH sweets

$pyKTH fruit (collective)

BOJIOCt
KOH^eTB

$pyKTt

valos

kanfyeH

frukt

Likewise nouns in -hht>, e.g.

NOM. PLUR.

KpecTBjrae krestyanye
aHrjinnaHe anglyichanye

Likewise the neuters :

NOM. PLUR.

h6jiokh yablaki apples
miera ply^chi shoulders
koji^hh kaly^nyi knees

GEN. PLUR.

KpecTLflHt kresty&n
aHrjinqaHt anglyichan

GEN. PLUR.

aSjioKt yablak
njieqt plyeach
KOJi^Ht kalyean

Masculine nouns which contain e or o in the last syllable
of the nominative singular and lose it throughout the rest
of the declension :

NOM. PLUR.

| kohijli kantsy
{ nocjiti pasly

Soft I «HH, dn^ ,
( orHH agnyi

GEN. PLUR.

kohh^bi* kants6f
nocjiOBt paslof

^Heii dny6i
or-Heft agny&

94 GENITIVE OF SUBSTANTIVES

Obs. Those in -eip» which have not the accent on the
termination have gen. plur. in -eBi> :

NOM. SING.

M'fecflu.t my^syats month
H'tivieip. nyeim(y)ets German

NOM. PLUR. GEN. PLUR.

MicaijH my^syatsy MicaijeBt mye'syatsef

h4mii;h nyeamtsy H^Mi^eBi. nyeamtsef

Masculine nouns with nominative singular in
-act, -it, -nn>, -mi»
have genitive plural in -eft, e.g. :

NOM. SING.

hohcb nozh knife
kjiiotb klyuch hey

NOM. PLUR. GEN. PLUR.

hojkh nazhy Hoaceii nazhei

kjiiohh klyuchi Kjnoqeit klyuchei

Feminine and neuter nouns with two consonants before
the final -a, -a, -o, -e, which in the genitive plural (without
termination) would be difficult to pronounce, insert e or
o between them to facilitate pronunciation, e.g. :

NOM. SING. NOM. PLUR. GEN. PLUR.

A'&BoqKa little girl flfeoqKH A^BOHeK'L

fliBymica girl fliBymKH ^BymeK't

jjepeBHa hamlet ;n;epeBHH flepeBeHB

GapLinraa young lady SaptmiHH SapHineHt

GENITIVE OF SUBSTANTIVES

95

NOM.

SING.

NOM. PLUR.

GEN. PLUR.

money

fleHtrn

fleHero*

OKHO

window

OKHa

6Kom>

IIHCbMO

letter

nncbMa

niiceM'b

The following must be remembered :

NOM.

PLUR.

GEN.

PLUR.

CTyjita x

stulya x

CTyjibeBi*

stiilyef

6paTbH

bratya

6paTi>eBrb

bratyef

CblHOBbH

synavya

CLIHOBeil

synavyei

wy3bH

druzya

APypeii

druzyei

COciflH

sasy^dyi

cocifleii

sasy^dyei

H.B'feTa
U,BfobI

tsv(y)eta
tsv(y)ety t

IJB'fcrtfB'b

tsv(y)etof

^epeBba

dyer(y)eV

ya flepeBBeB'b

dyer(y)e!vyef

cy«a

suda

cyAOB^b

sudof

o6jiaica 2

ablaka

oSjiaKOB'L

ablakof

yinn

ushy

ymeii

ushei

oqn

ochi

o^eii

achei

qy^eca

chudyesa

vywvb

chudyeas

He6eca

nyeb(y)esa

b He6ecb

nyebyeas

Mi\& 3

yaitsa

anu.'b

yayits

Feminine nouns with nominative singular in -b, and
nominative plural in -h have genitive plural in -eft, e.g. :

NOM. PLUR.

GEN. PLUR.

jioina^H loshadyi

Beiu,n v(y)eishchi

1 For meanings cf. p. 37.

3 AT

jionia^eii
Bemeft

lashadyei
v(y)eshchei

>. 37. 2 Nom. sing. 66jiaKO =cloud.

Nom. sing. Hftijo =egg.

96

GENITIVE OP SUBSTANTIVES

NOM.

plur.

GEN.

PLUR.

IjepKBH

ts(y)eirkvi

n;epKBeH

tserkvyei

Ma/repH

matyeri

MaTepeii

matyeryei

Ao^epn

d6cheri

^oqepen

dacheryei

mbpji

lyudyi

jnofleii

lyudyei

^4th

dy#tyi

^Teit

dyetyei

Neuter nouns in -a have genitive plural in -em, e.g.
BpeMeHa vremena / BpeMeHt vremyon.

CHAPTER 26

PRONOUNS

NOMINATIVE

GENITIVE

a

MeHa

m(y)enya

TLI

Te6a

tyebya

masc.
neut.

OHt ]

oh6 j

ero1

yevo

fem.

OHa

ea1

yeyo

MH

HaCL

nas

BLI

Bacfc

vas

masc, neut.
fem.

ohh)

Olrfj j

HXI*1

yikh

mM n., f.

—

ce6a 2

s(y)ebya

1 When governed by a preposition these words assume an initial
h, e.g. oti> Hero, otb Hen, otb hmxt,.

2 cedfl is the reflexive pronoun, which can be used of any person in
either number, but must always refer directly to the subject of the
sentence ; it can mean : myself, thyself, himself herself, itself, our-
selves, yourselves or themselves ; it has no nominative.

GENITIVE OP PKONOUNS

GENITIVE

97

SING.

masc.
neut.
Jem.

plur. m.,n.,f.

SING,

[ masc.
\ neut.
(fern.

plur. m.,n.,f.

SING.

masc.
neut.
Jem.

plur. m.,n.,f.

Imasc.
neut.
fern.

plur. m.,n.,f.

SING.

Imasc.
neut.
fern.

plur. m.,n.,f.

NOMINATIVE

Moii )
Moe j
Moa

MOH

TBOH
TBOe
TBOH

TBOH

Hann>
Haine
Hama

Hainn

Bamt |
Banie J
Baina

BaniH

cboh l

CBoe

cboh

cboh

masc, fern, kto
neut. ito

Moero
Moeii

MOHXT>

TBoero
TBoeii

TBOHXT,

Hamero

Haineit

HaniHXT»

Bainero
Baineii

BaiHHXT,

CBoero
CBoen

CBOHXfc

Koro
nero

mayevo

mayei

mayikh

tvayevo

tvayei

tvayikh

nasheva

nashei

nashykh

vasheva

vashei

vashykh

svayevo

svayei

svayikh

kavo
chevo

1809

1 Cf. note on p. 56.
H

98

GENITIVE OF PEONOUNS

SING.

PLUR.

SING.

PLUR.-

SING.

PLUR.

SING.

PLUR.

SING.

PLUR.

SING.

PLUR.

NOMINATIVE

GENITIVE

masc.
neut.

neii 1
*n>e J

qbero

chyevo

fern.

m>a

qbefi

chyei

m., n., f.

HbH

HbHXT.

chyikh

masc.
neut.

OflHO

o^Horo

adnavo

fern.

OflHa

o,o,h6h

adnoi

masc, neut. oflira

OflHHXT)

adnyikh

fern.

OfllTE

O^H^XI)

adnyeakh

masc.
neut.

caMi>
caMO

1

CaMOTO

samavo

fern.

caMa

CaMOH

samoi

m., n., f.

caivin

CaMHXTb

samikh

masc.
neut.

9T0TT>
3T0

'*

BToro

eatava

fern.

3Ta

3T0H1

eatoi

m., n., f.

9TH

3THXT>

eHyikh

masc.
neut.

TOTI>
TO

\

)

Toro

tavo

fern.

Ta

TOH

toi

m., n., f.

t£

TiX'b

tyeakh

masc.
neut.

Beet
Bee

1

Bcero

fs(y)evo

fern.

Bca

Been

fsyei

m., n., f.

bc4

BCfext

fsyeakh

1 This

-oh in rapid s

peech

sounds like -u

99

CHAPTER 27

ADJECTIVES

NOMINATIVE GENITIVE

Imasc. KpacHBHfi
neut. KpacHBoe
fern. KpacHBaa

PLUR.

SING.

PLUR.

m. KpacHBue

n.,f. KpacHBHa

masc. cmiifi

neut. cHHee

k fern. CHHaa

' m. cmiie

n., f. cnma

KpacHBaro

KpaCHBOH x
KpaCHBLIXT*

CHHaro

CHHeH
CHHHXfc

krasivava
krasivoi

krasivykh

sinyava
sinyei

sinyikh

masc. MOJiofloii
■ neut. MOJio^oe
k fern. MOJio^aH

PLUR,

SING.

|m.
W,f.

MOJIOftLie
MOJIOftHfl

masc. BHCoKifi
neut. BHCOKoe
fern. BHCOKan

MOJiofloro
mojioaoh

BticoKaro

BblCOKOH

; fm.

►LUR.i

In.,

BHCOKIIX'Jb

maladova
maladoi

mojioahxt» maladykh

BHCOKie )
f. BBICOKia J

1 This -oh in rapid speech sounds like
H2

vysokava
vysokoi

vysokikh

-u.

100

Imasc. floporoii
neut. floporoe
fern

PLUR.

m.
ln.,f.

GENITIVE OP ADJECTIVES

NOMINATIVE GENITIVE

flopororo daragova
Aoporoii daragoi

floporfab daragikh

floporaa

floporie
inoporia

Imasc. xopoinin
neut. xopoinee
fern. xopomaa

PLUR.

SING.

PLUR

m. xopomie
n.,f. xopoinia

masc. SojiBinoii

neut. 6ojibinoe

k fern. 6oJibmaa

6ojibmie
Sojibinia

jm.

U.,f.

xopoinaro (k)haroshava
xopomeii (k)haroshei

xoponiHXT» (k)haroshykh

6ojibinoro
6oJibmoH

bal'shova
bal'shoi

60 JibinnxT* bal 'shykh

CHAPTER 28

VOCABULARY

Literature, Music,

Theatre, &c.

ra3eTa/.

gazyeHa

newspaper

/KypHaJiT> m.

zhurnal

magazine

CTaTbH/.

statya

article

poMaHt m.

raman

novel

pa3CKa3b m.

raskas

tale

TOMb m.

torn

volume

H3Aanie n.

izdaniye

edition

coHHHeHie n.

sachinye^iye

work, composition

coGpame n.

sabraniye

collection

LITEKATUKE AND MUSK

101

CTHXOTBopeme n.

styikhatvar(y)e!niye

poem

nBeca /.

pyeasa

play

djeHa/.

sts(y)eana

stage

npeACTaBJi^Hie n.

pretstavly^niye

performance

jTEftcTBie n.

dyeistviye

act

cjiobo n.

slova

word

cjiOBapb m.

slavaV

dictionary

H3fcIKT> m.

yazyk

language

KapTHHa/.

kartyina

picture

xyflOHmHKt m.

(k)hudozhnyik

artist, painter

nncaTejiB m.

pisa^yel'

writer

aBTopt m.

aftor

author

jiHTepaTypa/.

lyityeratura

literature

xyAOJKecTBo n.

(k)hudozhestva

painting

ypoKt m.

urok

lesson

My3Bma/.

miizyka

music

POHJIB m.

rayaU'

grand piano

IIBHHHHO n.

pyanyino

upright piano

HOTBl/. #L

noty

music (printed)

KOHIjepTB m.

kants(y)eart

concert

n'BCHfl/.

p(y)eisnya

song

KapTti/. pi.

karty

cards

nrpa/.

igra

game

uiaxMaTti m. pi.

shakhmaty

chess

paaroBopt m.

razgavor

conversation

ndj&mmf.

nadyeazhda

hope

B-fepa/.

vyeara

faith

jik>66bb/.

lyuboif

love

BOHHa/.

vaina

war

MHpT> m.

mir

peace

3aK6HT» m.

zakon

law

MBTBHie m.

mnyeiniye

opinion

cnacTie w.

schastiye

happiness

HecTiacTie n.

nyeschastiye

unhappiness

yflHBJieme n.

udyivlyeiniye

surprise

comajrBHie n.

sazhalyeiniye

regret

yAOB6jiBCTBie

udavo^'stviye

pleasure

.102
CHAPTER 29

PHRASES CONTAINING WORDS IN THE GENITIVE

neTporpaflt h MocKBa — CTOJrihju Poccin
Petrograd and Moscow are the capitals of Bussia

JIoHflom — cTOiJiHija Anrjiin
London is the capital of England

moh TOBapnni.'b — clihi> Bamero 3HaKOMaro

my friend is the son of your acquaintance (masc.)

Bamt 3HaKOMLiH — flpyri> Moero OTija

your acquaintance is a friend of my father's

bto 6ojibm6ii Apyr'L Moero 6paTa
that is a great friend of my brother's

moh cecTpa — npiaTejibmu^a Bameft RO^epn
my sister is a friend of your daughter

BamT> cum — yiemircb Moero RaflH
your son is a pupil of my uncle

Bama ^o^Ka — y^eHHn;a Moeii 3HaKOMOH

your daughter is a pupil of my acquaintance (fern.)

Baromb nepBaro Knacca

a railway carriage of the first class

6njieTrb BToporo KJiacca
a ticket of the second class

3ajia TpeTLaro KJiacca
a third-class waiting-room

^ejiOBfet TaK6ro po^a
a man of such a hind

PHEASES WITH THE GENITIVE 103

TaK6ro p6fla jho^h
people of such a kind

9T0 KaKoro po^a TeaTpt ?
what sort of theatre is that ?

9to Kaic6ro p6;na 3;naHie ?
what sort of building is that ?

3to romt> Moero crapmero 6pa/ra
this is the house of my elder brother

3to KBapTiipa Moeit MJia^meii cecTpii
this is the flat of my younger sister

9to HMfeie Moiixt poRHTejreii
this is the property of my parents

rjife nopTpeTi> TBoero OTija ?
where is thy father's portrait ?

rfli nopTpert TBoeit MaTepn ?
where is thy mother's portrait t

rji$ HM^Hie tbohx'b Apy^eit ?
where is your friends' property ?

9to TiOR'h&3Rrb Hamero flOMa

this is the front door of our house

Bovh oKHa Hamefi KBaprapH
these are the windows of our flat

3to KOMHaTa Hanrax'b ^Teft
that is our children's room

KaKt 3ftopoBbe Bamero cynpyra ?
how is your husband's health ?

104 PHEASES WITH THE GENITIVE

Ka>Kb 3ji;op6Bi>e B&meft cynpyrn ?
how is your wife's health ?

k&kl 3AopoBi>e BainnxTE) poflirrejieii ?
how is your parents' health ?

nojraoe coSpame coraHemii rpa$a JltBa x HnKOJiaeBiraa

TojiCToro
a complete collection of the works of Count Leo Nikolayevich

Tolstdi

bc£ co^HHeHia AjieKcaH,n;pa Cepi4eBiraa IlymKHHa
all the works of Alexander Sergeyevich Pushkin

CTHxoTBopemtf Mnxanjia IDpbeBiraa JlepMOHTOBa
the poems of Michael Yurevich Lermontov

coHHHeHia HnKo^aa BacHJiteBirea Torojin (nom. TorojiB),
HBaHa Cepi4eBiraa TypreHeBa h 9e,n;opa MnxaitaoBiraa
^ocToeBCKaro

the works of Nicholas Vasilevich Gogol (pron. GdgaV), Ivan
Sergeyevich Turgenev, and Theodore Mikhailovich
Dostoyevski

ohi, 6paTi» C6$in HnKOJiaeBHH AHflpeeBoii
he is the brother of Sophia Nikolayevna Andreyeva
(i.e. of Mrs. or Miss Andreyev)

3to HMteie EjiH3aBeTti Cepi4eBHbi IleTpoBCKOH
this is the property of Elizabeth Sergeyevna Petrovskaya
(i.e. of Mrs. or Miss Petrovski)

1 Nom. sing. JleBt, often pronounced Lyof ; jieBt, pron. lyef =
lion.

105
CHAPTER 30

THE EXPRESSION OF HIS, HER, THEIR

There is no possessive pronoun of the third person in
Eussian, and this want is supplied by the genitive of the
personal pronoun, e. g. :

17$ er6 flOMt ? = where is his house ?

3to ero R0Mb = ihat is his house

3to eii My5Ki> = that is her husband

3to ero EKeHa = that is his wife

oite> eii JKeHiixT) = he is her fiance

oiia ero HeB^CTa = she is his fiancee

3to nxt ji^tr = these are their children

ero KOMHaTa sjifech = his room is here

ea KOMHaTa TaMt = her room is there

9to hxt» KBapTiipa = ^s is their flat

bott> ero nnctMO = here is his letter

bott. eii imchuo = here is her letter

3to HM^Hie ero M&repn = this is the property of his mother

9to HM^Hie eii 01^ = this is the property of her father

KaKt ero &Hpeo,rb = what (lit. how) is his address

bott> esi aflpecL = here is her address

In all such cases the use of the pronoun cboh (one's own)
would be incorrect.

106

CHAPTER 31

VOCABULARY

Food, drink, &c.

saKycKa

zakuska

hors-d*1 ceuvr

HKpa/.

ikra

caviar

COJIb /.

so*r

salt

nepeuyb m.

p(y)eirets

pepper

ropHiiua/.

garchitsa

mustard

xjtb'S'l m.

(k)hlyeap

bread, loaf

6f JIKSif

bulka

little loaf, roll

Kajiant m.

kalach

a loaf with handle1

CBipt m.

syr

cheese

Macjio n.

masla

butter (also =oil)

yKcyct m.

uksus

vinegar

nHpomoKb m.

pirazhok

little pie 1

cynt m.

sup

soup

mn/. pi.

shchi

cabbage-soup 1

CopuTL ra.

borshch

beetroot-soup l

CMeTSLHa/.

sm(y)etana

sour cream

pti6a/.

ryba

fish

ptiGHoe n.2

rybnoye 2

fish-course

MHCO w.

myasa

meat

MHCHoe n.

myasnoye

meat-course

wapK6e w.

zharkoye

roast meat, joint

roBHAHHa/.

gavyadyina

beef

TeJIHTHHa/.

tyelyatyina

veal

Gapainraa/.

baranyina

mutton

KOTJieTb m.

katlyeat

cutlet

$nn6 n.

filye

fillet

P6ct6h$i> m.
GH^mreKCB m.

rosbif
bifshtyeaks

| roast beef steah

coycb m.

sous

sauce

noJiHBKa /.

palyifka

gravy

1 National sp(

^cialities.

Of. note 1 on p. 71,

FOOD AND DEINK

107

CBHHIIHa/.

svinyina

pork

dKopoKt m.

okarak

a ham, gammon

BeTqHHa/.

vechina

ham (in slices)

rycB m.

gus'

goose

^TKa/.

titka

duck

HH^-BlIKa/.

indyeika

turkey-hen

Kypnija/.

kuritsa

fowl

ijBnuieHOK'B m.

tsyplyonak

chicken

PhShhk'l m.

ryapchik

grouse

flHHB/.

dyich

game

H3BIKT> m.

yazyk

tongue

KOJi6aca/.

kalbasa

polony {sausage)

COCHCKa/.

sasiska

small sausage

flftlJO w.

yaitso

egg

HHIJO BB CMHTKy U.

yaitso fsmyatku

boiled egg

HHHHHIja/.

yayichnitsa

scrambled eggs

OMJieTB m.

amlyeH

omelet

OBOII^B/.

ovashch

vegetable

36JieHB /.

z(y)6ilyen'

green vegetable

KapTo$ejiB/.

kartofel'

potato(es)

KanycTa/.

kapusta

cabbage

i^B'feTHafl KanycTa/.

tsv(y)etnaya kapusta

cauliflower

MOpKOBB /.

markoif

carrot(s)

CBeKjia /.

svyokla

beetroot

6o6bi m. pi.

baby

beans

P'fcna/.

ryeapa

turnip

jiyK-B m.

luk

onion

orypen/B m.

aguryeats

cucumber

noMH1a;6p,B m.

pamidor

tomato

p-lAtKa/.

rye^'ka

radish

(rpnd'B) rpn6Bi m.

(grip) griby

mushroom(s)

CJia^Koe n.1
rfecTO w.

slatkoye x

sweet course

tyeasta

dough, pastry

nupopB m.

pir6k

pie

komilotb m.

kampot

stewed fruit

Bap^HBe n.

var(y)6inye

jam

1 Cf. note 1 on p. 71.

108

POOD AND DEINK

(iuicwb) ruiORt'i m.

(plot) plady

fruit (still growing)

((jjpyKT'L) (|)pyKTH?7Z.

frukty

fruit (on table)

Me^t m.

myot

honey

nroffa/.

yagada

berry

h6jioko n.

yablaka

apple

rpynia/.

grusha

pear

anejibci'iHi, m.

ap(y)elsin

orange

(bmiiihh) bhuihh/. pi,

vishnyi

cherries

CJTHBa /.

slyiva

plum

MajiHHa/.

malyina

raspberries

KJiySHHKa /.

klubnyika

strawberries

3eMJIHHHKa /.

zemlyanyika

strawberries (wild)

CMOpOAHHa/.

smarodyina

currants

kpbi>k6bhhk,l m.

kryzhovnyik

gooseberries

BHHorpaflt m.

vinagrat

grapes

BHHHaH Hro,n;a/.

vinnaya yagada

figs

$HHHKH m. pi.

finyiki

dates

nepcHKH m. pi.

pfy^rsiki

peaches

KOH$eTH m. pi.

kanfyeaty

sweets

iHOKOJia^'B m.

shakalat

chocolate

6HCKBHTBI m. pi.

biskvity

biscuits

Op'BX'B m.

aryeakh

walnut

jihm6ht> m.

lyimon

lemon

AkIHH/.

dynya

melon

ap6y3T> m.

arbus

water-melon

caxapt m.

sakhar

sugar

Mop6>KeHHoe n.1

marozhennoye 1

ice (cream)

po^t m. ° & )
cojm.rn.Ml C°PTa

ro sarta
sort

■ kind, quality, sort

BOfla/.

vada

water

KHnHTOKt m.

kipitok

boiling water

nHBO n.

piva

beer

BHHO W.

vino

wine

BOAKa/.

votka

vodka

iiatt m.

chai

tea

1 Cf. note 1 on p. 71.

FOOD AND DEINK

109

Kocj)e(H) m.

MOJIOKO n.

kof(y)e
malako

coffee
milk

cjimbkh/. pi.
KBact m.

slyifki
kvas

cream
kvas x

KOHbflK'L m.

ofti/rfc m.

kanyak
abyeat

cognac
dinner

y?KHHi> m.
3a.BTpaKt m.

uzhyn
zaftrak

supper
lunch

KycoK-L m.
nycoHeK'L m.

kusok
kusochek

piece
bit

niTyKa/.
Ta6aKT> m.

shtuka
tabak

a piece, a head, a unit
tobacco

nannpoca /.

ijurapa/.

TpydKa/.

papirosa

tsigara

trupka

cigarette

cigar

pipe

CHAPTER 32

THE GENITIVE IN NEGATIONS

In simple negations the word He is used :
9to He moh Rowb = ihis is not my house
9to He Hama KOMHaTa=tfm is not our room
3to He cejio, a ;n,epeBHH = £/m is not a village, but a hamlet
9to He py6jib, a tojibko nojiTiraa (or noJivmiRmvb) = this is

not a rouble, but only half a rouble

But in a great many cases the word Hfe> meaning no
(which is really a contraction of He ecTb= there is not) is
used, and this always requires the genitive :

ero 3jj,icb wkrb = he is not here (lit. of him here there-is-not)

ea. T&wb Kkrb^she is not there

hxi> e^tl jj,OMa = they are not at home

ea Hfe> rqm&= she is not at home

1 A national non -intoxicating drink made from rye and malt.

110 GENITIVE IN NEGATIONS

wbrb MicTa = there is no room (nom. sing. m£cto, gen. sing.
inicTa, nom. plur. ftri&CTa, gen. plur. u'hcTbj

MeHa Tor^a He 6hjio AOMa
I was not at home then

Haas Tor^a He 6hjio flOMa
we were not at home then

Te6a yace He 6buio flOMa Tor^a

thou wast then no longer at home .

(ysKe He or ysKe H^rt (already not) =no longer.)

BacL yme He Slljio ftOMa Tor^a
you were no longer at home then

ero enje He 6hjio ftOMa
he was not yet at home

ea enje He 6hjio ^OMa
she was not yet at home

MeHa 3Aict Tor^a yace He 6yAeri>
I shall no longer be here then

Hacfc Tor^a yace He Sy^eT^ xaM£
we shall no longer be there then

hxi> B^epa TaMfc He 6hjio
they were not there yesterday

3aBTpa hxt> sj^ch yjice He 6fRQTb
to-morrow they will no longer be here

H3BomnKa h4ts> = there is no cab
Hfefc romr&= there is no rain
H^TTb MHJia= there is no soap
wkrb noaiOTemja = there is no towel
E^Tb borm = there is no water
H^Tb KJionoB'B ? = there are no bugs 1

GENITIVE IN NEGATIONS 111

fiojibine h4tl Mida = there is no more room
66jibnie wkvb Micro = there are no more places
fteHerfc h§ti> (nom. pi. R&Hbm)=ihere is no money
fleHerb coBciwb Hira = there is no money at all
KoniftKH aaace Hfot =not even a kopek

In Eussian two negatives are often necessary to express
the negation, and they do not make an affirmative, e.g.
ROMa HHKoro e^tl = there is no one at home

HH^ero sjj^ch Hira = there is nothing here

hh ero hh eii H^ra ftOMa == neither he nor she is at home
HHKaKOH HaftesKAH h&tte> = there is no hope (of no sort)
HHKoro 3]i$Q,h em,e Hfe> = there is no one here yet
HHKoro y^ce He 6hjio TaMT» = there was no longer any one there
HHKoro He 6hjio AOMa = there was nobody at home
He 6hjio HMero = there was nothing

HHKoro He 6fp$rb = there will be no one

HH^ero He 6yaeTfc = there will be nothing

HHiero He Ha^o V = nothing is necessary

HH^ero He HyacHO J ( = 1 don't want anything)

(N.B. The direct object in any negative sentence after a transitive
verb is always in the genitive, cf. vol. ii.)

CHAPTER 33

THE GENITIVE USED TO EXPKESS QUANTITY

ckojibko fleHers ?=how much money ?
MHoro Rmevb = a lot of money
HeMHoro ;a1eHeivb = a little money
AeHerL Majio = there is but little money

112 GENITIVE OP QUANTITY

ckojilko HacoBi) ? = how many hours ?
H'fecKOJibKO ^acoBt = several hours

ckojibko past ? =how many times ?
HicKOJibKO pa3^= several times
MHoro pa3*L= many times

h^ckojibko ]*p.q¥l= several days
H'Ickojilko wko,sui<dBrb= several months
h^ckojibko wi>rh= several years (lit. summers)

TjTb MHoro M-icTa= there is plenty of room here
T&wh Majio MicTa= there is little (sc. not enough) room there
H-icKOiJibKO m^ct^ Saraaca = several pieces (lit. places) of
luggage

ckojibko m^ctb (6ara$Ka) ? =how many pieces of luggage ?

Bcero oahh-l qeMO^aH,b = m all (lit. of all) one trunk

ckojibko Hapo^y (gen. sing, of Hapoflt) \=what a lot of people!
Tyro MHoro HapoAy = there are a lot of people here

TaMi> Hap6,n;y • , [ =there are not many people there

CKOJIBKO JiioaeH ? )

ckojilko seaon***? =how many people?

eAckojibko jnofteii

H^CKOJIBKO ^eSlOB^Kb

=afew people, several

qaio, no^aJiyiiCTa1= some tea, please

CTaKain> qaio=a tumbler of tea

HamKa qaio =a cup of tea

eme MOJiOKa, noraaJiyftCTa = some more milk, please

eme cjihbokb = some more cream

1 Always pronounced pazhalsta, of. p. 12.

GENITIVE OF QUANTITY 113

eme Macjia = some more butter
eme xjrl6a = some more bread
cojih, nojKaJiyftCTa = some salt, please
nepuy, noacaJiyiiCTa = some pepper, please

BOi"b CTaKaHi» BOR& = here is a glass of water
bot£ CTaKaHt *iaio = here is a glass of tea
BorB qamKa naio = here is a cup of tea
bot£ ^ainKa KO$eio = here is a cup of coffee
BOTt KycoHerct caxapy =here is a bit of sugar
BOTt KycoKt jrHMOHa = ftere is a piece of lemon
bott> KycoKt xji46a = here is a piece of bread

em;e HeMHOJKKO Maca = a little more meat

eme HeMHOJKKO qaio = a little more tea

eni;e HeMH05KKO xjii6a = a little more bread

eme H^CKOJibKO 6yjiOKi> = a few more little loaves

eme irlcKOJitKO nmpoMKQB'b = a few more little pies

SyTHJiKa BHHa = a bottle of wine
6yTHJiKa nHBa = a bottle of beer
piOMKa boji,kh = a glass of vodka

KycoKfc MHJia = a piece of soap

ropOTeii bo^h, noHcajiyiicTa = some hot water, please

xojiorhoh bo^h = some cold water

ihctoh BO,n;Bi= some clean water

cejiBTepcKOii bo^h = some soda water

HeMHOJKKO ropOTeii BO,n,Li=a little hot water

KumraeHHOii boah = some boiled water

KnnaTKy = some boiling water

1809

114

CHAPTER 34

USE OF THE NOMINATIVE AND GENITIVE AFTER
NUMBERS

After 1 and all words compounded with 1, except 11,
e.g. 21, 31, 101, the substantive is always in the nomina-
tive singular, e.g. :

TpnflijaTB o,hhht> py6;rci> = 31 roubles
copoKt o,o,Ha BepcTa = 41 versts

o;o;hhi> KycoKfc = one piece (e.g. sugar)

o;o;h6 m^cto = one piece (of luggage)

oflHa KoniftKa (or KoneftKa) = one kopek

In expressing years two different words are used ; from
1-4, 21-24, 31-34, &c, inclusive, it is ro^ :

oahh-l tort* = one year

ftBa ] 2 '

Tpn ■ ro,n;a = 3 • years

qerape ) 4 ,

^BajmaTb o^hhi> rojrb = 21 years
TpHAmaTb jj,Ba ro^a = 32 years

and from 5-20, 25-30, &c, inclusive, it is ji£to = summer :
iraTb JiiT-L = 5 years
#ecaTi> JiiTi> = 10 years

After the numbers 2, 3, 4, and after all compounds of
them such as 22, 34, 43, 52, 63, 74, the substantive is
always in the genitive singular, e. g. :

flBa (dva) ^ejioBiKa two men

;n,Bi (dvye) jKeHiiprabi two women

flBa M^CTa two places
(nom. plur. Micra)

EXPEESSION OF NUMBEES

113

;o;Ba 6paia
flBi cedpH

(nom. plur. cecTpu)
ABa cejia

(nom. plur. cejia)

ABa ahh

AB'fe HO*IH

(nom. sing, hohb)
ABa Haca

flB^ MHHyTBI

ABa KycKa caxapy
flBi naniKH qaio

ABa py6jia x
ABi KoniiiKH 2

ABa ny«a 3
^b^ Bepcra 4

Tpn (tri) MajibHHKa

Tpn s^bohkh three little girls

Tpn 03epa three lakes

(nom. sing. o3epo, nom. plur. 03epa)

Tpn py6jia three roubles

Tpn Kon^HKH three kopeks

Tpn BepcTLi three versts

two brothers
two sisters

two villages

two days
two nights

2 o'clock or 2 hours
2 minutes

two pieces of sugar
two cups of tea

two roubles
two kopeks

two puds
two versts

three boys

1 1 rouble = about 2s.
3 1 pud = about 371b.

2 1 kopek = Id.

4 1 verst = about § of a mile.

12

116 EXPKESSION OF NUMBEES

qeTbipe (chetyre) Cbraa four sons

qeTBipe aotoh four daughters

qerape pyacba four rifles

qerape py6jia four roubles

leTbipe KoniiiKH four kopeks

ie™pe Bepcra four versts

If such words have to be put in the genitive, the noun
is then in the genitive plural, e.g. :

9thxi> flByxTb jno^efi SfliiCb ynce h^tl

these two people (men or man and woman) are no longer here

OKb OTGixb 8thxt> AByx-b ^i-reft

he is the father of these two children

H^Tb TpeXS> M^CTb

there are not three places

E'hrb qeTbipexi. SraeTOBi.
there are not four tickets.

In certain expressions the words

flBoe (dvoye) =a couple
Tpoe (troye)
qeTBepo (cheHvera)

are used, and these always require the genitive plural e.g. :

flBoe flfeeH = a couple of children

Obs. These words must be used before nouns which are
only used in the plural.

When an adjective is placed between a number and
a noun it can be in either the nominative plural or genitive
plural, e.g. :

EXPEESSION OF NUMBEES 117

flBa KpacHBLie MajiBinica , „ ,

r , , \ =two pretty boys

or flBa KpacHBbix^ Majib^HKa J r * , ■

flBi KpaCHBHH fl^BOIKH
Or AB^ KpaCHBHXt JH^BO^KH

• —two pretty little girls

After the numbers 5-20, 25-30, 35-40, &c, inclusive,
the substantive is always in the genitive plural, e.g. :

iraTB (py&f) py6jien 5 roubles

naTB Kon'ieKfc 5 kopeks

hhtb cyTOKi* 5 days and nights

niecTb (she^sf) flHeii 6 days

inecTB Honeii 6 nights

ceMB (syeW) M^can;eB'b 7 months

ceMB He^ijib 7 weefcs

BoceMB (vo'syem') qacoBi. 8 o'clock or 8 Ziowrs

BoceMb rpiiBeH'B 80 kopeks

(nom. sing. rpiiBHa was 10 kopeks ; the name for the coin
of 10 kopeks is now rpHBeHHHK^)

fleBHTB (dyeVyaf) CLiHOBeii 9 sons
fteBaTB AO^epeii 9 daughters

fleBHTB apniHHt x 9 ar shins

(nom. sing. apnraHi,, gen. plur. apinHHT>)

^eciiTB (dye^syat5) lenoB'liKi, 10 men or 10 people
(qejiOBiicfc is the gen. plur. of HeJioB'iK'b, and after numbers
is always used instead of juo^eii ; it includes men and
women)

flecflTB m^cto 10 places

flecHTB nynoBt 10 puds

1 1 arshin = about a yard.

118

EXPEESSION OF NUMBEES

OAHHHaAUiaTB ^aCOBt

11 o clock or

11 hours

(adyinatsaf)

o^HHHaAu;aTb Tbica^b

11,000

OAHHHaAn;aTb flecaTHirb 1

11 desyatins

AB4HaAU,aTb qacoB-L

12 o'clock or

12 hours

(dvyenatsat')

flBijHa.imaTb Tbica^rb

12,000

^BiHa.o.ii.aTb BepcT^

12 versus

TpHHaAUiaTb

trinatsat'

13

qeTbipHamaTb

chetyrnatsat'

14

naraaflijaTb

pitnatsat'

15

niecTHaAii;aTb

shesnatsat'

16

ceMHa^DiaTb

s(y)emnatsat'

17

BoceMHa^DiaTb

vos(y)emnatsat'

18

fleBHTHaflijaTb

dyev(y)atnatsat'

19

3,Bajiii];aTb

dvatsat'

20

TpiijmaTb

trftsat'

30

COpOK'b

sorak

40

naTb^ecHT'b

pidyisyat

50

mearbftecarB

shesdyesyat

60

ceMb^ecaTt

sy^mdyesyat

70

BoceMb^ecaT^b

vosyemdyesyat

80

^eBaHOCTO

dyevyanosta

90

CTO

sto

100

flBicTH

dvye!styi

200

TpiiCTa

trista

300

qerapecTa

chetyresta

400

naTb cott>

py&t' sot

500

Tbicaqa

tysyacha

1,000

1 (nom. ;n;ecHTHHa) 1 desyatin = about 3 acres.

EXPEESSION OF NUMBEES 119

flBajimaTB apniKHTb 20 arshins

HBaflijaTb-nHTb py6jieit 25 roubles

TpnjmaTB ny^OB^ 30 puds

copoKfc flecHTHirb 40 desyatins

iraTb/iiecaT'L Beporc. 50 versts

The expression 1| requires the gen. sing. :

nojiTopa (paltara) ro^a a year and a half

nojiTopa Micaiiia a month and a half

noJiTopa py6jia a rouble and a half

noJiTopH Bepcra a verst and a half

nojiTopH ca^KeHH a fathom and a half
(nom. sing. ca5Kem>)

The word for half (noJiOBHHa) is in many cases cut down
as follows :

nojiCTaKana half a tumblerful

noJi6yTHJiKH a half-bottle

noji$yHTa \ lb.

nojraaca half an hour

CHAPTER 35

USE OF THE GENITIVE IN THE EXPRESSION
OF TIME

KOToptitt Haas ? =what time is it ?
qacrb = one o'clock (lit. =hour)

nojioBHHa BToporo) =13o(\it.=ahalf of the second, se.hour)
palavina ftar6va J
iUBa qaca = 2 o'clock

120

EXPEESSION OF TIME

= 2.15 (lit. = a quarter of the third)

= 7.25

qeTBepTb TpeTtaro

chetvert' tr^tyava l

Tpn gaca = 3 o'clock

iihtb MHHyT't qeTBepTaro = 3.5

lerape *iaca = 4 o'clock

6631) naTii (MirayTT.) iihtb = 4.55 (lit. = without 5 min. 5)

nflTt qacoB'L = 5 o'clock

;a;Ba;n;u;aTB MHHyT'b mecToro w^

dvatsat' miniit shestova j

mecTL qacoB'L = 6 o'clock

^ecHTB MHHyTi* ce^BMoro | =6.10

dyeis(y)at' miniit syed'mova .

ceMB qac6BrB = 7 o'clock

ftBa/maTB n^TB MHHyTB BOCBMOrO

dvatsat' pya^' miniit vas'mova
BoceMB qacoB-B = 8 o'clock
6e3i) ABaTOaTH ;n;eBHTB = 8.40
nojiOBHHa ^eBHTaro

dyevyatava
iijeBHTB ^acoB-L = 9 o'clock
qeTBepTB ^ecaTaro

dyesyatava
6esrh HeTBepra ^chtb
bes chetvertyi
aecHTB gacoBi> = 10 o'clock
nojiOBHHa oAHHHa,n,i];aTaro = 10.30
663^ flBajmaTH mmi OAHHHaflijaTB = 10.35
o^HHHaTOaTB qacoBi> = ll o'clock
6esrb qeTBepTH flBiHaflijaTB = 11.45
flBiHaflijaTB qacoBrb = 12 o'clock

nojiOBHHa nepBaro = 12.30 (lit. = half of the first, sc. hour)
6e3i> A^caTH MHHyTt naci> = 12.50

= 8.30

= 9.15

• =9.45

121

CHAPTER 36

USE OF THE GENITIVE IN EXPRESSING THE DATE

TpeTtaro Run — the day before yesterday (lit. of the third day)
nepBaro * aHBapa = on the 1st of January
BToporo $eBpajia = on the 2nd of February
TpeTtaro MapTa = on the 3rd of March
qeTBepTaro anpijra = on the 4th of April
mrraro Maa = on the 5th of May
niecToro iiOHH = on the &th of June
ce^BMoro irojiH = on the 1th of July
BOCBMoro aBrycTa = on the 8th of August
fleB&raro ceHTa6pa = on the 9th of September
;n;ecHTaro OKTfl6pa = ow the 10th of October
oflHHHa;n;D1aTaro Hoa6pa = on the 11th of November
flBiHajmaTaro jj;eKa6pa = on the 12th of December
TpHHa^UiaTaro jraBapa = on the 13fh of January
HeTLipHaflijaTaro $eBpajra = on the 14th of February
naTHajmaTaro MapTa = on the 15th of March
mecTHa,n;D,aTaro anp4jra = on the 16th of April
ceMHaroaTaro Maa = on the 11th of May
BOceMHajmaTaro iiOHH = on the 18th of June
^eBaTHa,n;iiiaTaro iiojia = on the 19th of July
ftBaflijaTarp aBrycTa = on the 20th of August
;n,Ba;imaTi> nepBaro ceHTa6pa = on the 21st of September
iHBajmaTB BToporo OKTa6pa = ow the 22nd of October
TpHflijaTaro Hoa6pa = on the 30th of November
TpnjmaTB nepBaro ^eKa6pa = on the 31st of December

1 sc. qncjia, gen. sing, of hhcjio = date or number.

122 THE DATE

KOToparo incjia bh 6y;neTe flOMa ?
what date will you be at home ?

but KOTopoe )

or KaKoe J ™CJl6 cer6«HH ?

what date is it to-day ?

ceroflHH nepBoe HHBapa
to-day is the 1st of January
in the nominative.

CHAPTER 37

EXPRESSION OF COMPARISON

Comparison is expressed in two ways, either by t£m£
(or HejKeJin) followed by the nominative, or by means of
the genitive of comparison, e.g. :

9to o^eHb xopomiii nofefl'b
this is a very good train

(1) 8toti> nofeflfc 3iy<mie wkwb toti

(2) BTora uoisj^ Jiy^me Toro
this train is better than that

9to 6neHb njioxaa flopora
this is a very bad road

(1) 9Ta ;n;op6ra xyace wbwb Ta

(2) 9Ta flopora xyace toh

this road is worse than that

3to 6^eHb 6ojiBmoe 63epo
this is a very large lake

COMPAEISON 123

(1) 3T0 63epo 66jn>me ^mt* to

(2) aTO 63epo 66ju>me Toro
this lake is bigger than that

3to o^eHb MajieHtKiii ^omt.
this is a very small house

(1) 3th flOMa MeHBme ^;kwb t4

(2) 3th ftOMa MeHtme t^xt.

these houses are smaller than those

3to o^eHb BticoKaa ropa
this is a very high hill

3th ropH BLime T^xt

these hills (or mountains) are higher than those

t4 ropH HIDKe 3THX2,

those hills are lower than these

HeBa — innpoKan, rjiy6oKaa h StiCTpan pfoca
the Neva is a broad, deep, and swift river

HeBa ropa3,n;o nrape h TRj6me h 6i>iCTp4e TeM3H
the Neva is much broader, deeper, and more rapid than
the Thames

ho HeBa 6*ieHB Kop6TKaa pfoca
but the Neva is a very short river

HeBa ropa3,o;o Kop6*ie TeM3Li

the Neva is much shorter than the Thames

TeM3a — ^3Kaa, Mejmaa h Tiixaa piuca

the Thames is a narrow, shallow, and slow river

124 COMPAEISON

TeM3a ropa3;n;o yace x h Mejime h Tihne HeBH
the Thames is much narrower, shallower, and slower than
the Neva

ho TeM3a flOBOJibHo fljiiiHHaa pfoca
but the Thames is a fairly long river

TeM3a ropa3flo Rjmmi&e HeBH

the Thames is much longer than the Neva

9to 6qeHB floporan Bemb

that is a very precious (sc. expensive) thing

Bame H3,n;aHie coraHeHift IlymKHHa flopojKe h jiyqme Moero
your edition of the works of Pushkin is more expensive and
better than mine

bto o^eHb inemeBan 6yMara
that is very cheap paper

Moe H3AaHie CTHxoTBopemH JlepMOHTOBa flemeBJie h xyace

Bamero
my edition of the poems of Lermontov is cheaper and ivorse

than yours

3to o^eHb crapaa Jioma^B
that is a very old horse

8T0 cobc4mi> MOJio^an jiomaAB
that is quite a young horse

owh ropa^o CTapme MeHH •
he is much older than I

a ropa&flo MOJiojKe ero

I am much younger than he

1 yme =narrower, yme ^already.

COMPARISON 125

pycciciii h3hk?> oieHb Tpy^HHH

the Russian language is very difficult

HiMeipciii h $paHn;y3CKift h3i>ikh TOJKe Tpy^HLie
the German and French languages are also difficult

ho aHrJiiitCKiii muKT* Jiendft
but the English language is easy

aHrjiiacKiii muKT> Jienie $paHii;y3CKaro h TaKHce Jierne

H^Meii;Karo
the English language is easier than French and also easier

than German

pyccKiii sisukt, Tpy^H^e aHrjiiiicKaro, h flaace TpyAH^e
H4Mei],Karo h $paHii;y3CKaro ; ohs* Tpy^H'le Bcixt

the Russian language is more difficult than English, and
even more difficult than German and French ; it is the
most difficult of all

moh ieMo;nain> nycToit h coBciMt aeritift
my trunk is empty and quite light

oitb ropasfto Jierie Bamero
it is much lighter than yours

#a, moh leMOflaHt coBciMt noJiHtin h cjinniKOMt THJKejiHH
yes, my trunk is quite full and too heavy

oht> ropa3;a;o TajKeJiie (or TJKKeae) Baniero
it is much heavier than yours

HKpa Tenept ^oposKe npemraro
caviar is now dearer than formerly

IleTpt CTapnie IlaBJia
Peter is older than Paul

126 COMPAEISON

Cep&Ka dapme Mhihh
Serge is older than Michael

Mama h Kara MOJi65Ke Cohh

Mary and Kate are younger than Sophia

yrpo Beiepa My^peH^e

morning than evening is wiser (proverb)

ceroflHa xoaoflHie BHepanraaro (sc. ana)
to-day it is colder than yesterday^s day)

ceroflHH Tenji'fee B^epamiraro (sc. am)
to-day it is warmer than yesterday^ s day)

OHa KpacHB-fee CBoeit cecTpii

she is more beautiful than her (own) sister

oin> CHJitH'fee Meira, oin> o^eHb chjibhlih
he is stronger than I, he is very strong

3T0Tfc KO$e CJIHIHKOMfc CJia6HH

this coffee is too weak

3toti» qaii cjihihkom'b KpinKiii
this tea is too strong

3T0TI) KO$e Kp4irae -this coffee is stronger

3T0T-B nail cna6'le= this tea is weaker

9Ta BOfta coBciMt xojioAHaa
this water is quite cold

BTOTfc cym crainKOMi. ropaniii
this soup is too hot

BOTt 8Ta BOfla 6fj5teTrb ropa^ie
here this water will be hotter

COMPAEISON 127

3to bhho Kpinne Toro

this wine is stronger than that

3T0 niiBO cjia6ie Toro

this beer is weaker than that

8th nnpo^KH 6iseHb BKycHbie
these little pies are very nice

ohh rop^o BKycH'le rferc*
they are much nicer than those

aTO o^eHb 6oraTHH rdpoftt
this is a very rich town

MocKBa 6ora<ie IIeTporpa;n,a
Moscow is richer than Petrograd

HeBCKift IIpocneKTi> oneHb flJiHiraafl, innpoKaa h KpacnBaa

yjiHD,a
the Nevski Prospect is a very long, broad, and beautiful

street

oHb ftjiHHH'&e, iirape h KpacHB^e Bcixi> ^pyrHxt yjiimb
it is longer, broader, and more beautiful than all other streets

Hnr^i Hin> TaKoii fljiffiraoii, nrapoKoii h KpacHBOH yjraijH
nowhere (sc. else) is there such a long, broad, and beautiful
street

3TO O^eHb CKOpHH UO^SJi^

this is a very fast train

ho TOTb 6bun> eme CKopie

but that (other) one was still faster

9to oneHb THxifi (or MeAJieHHbiii) nofeflb
this is a very slow train

128 COMPAEISON

a tot£ 6fReTi> enje Tinne

but that (other) one mil be still slower

CKop'&e (or no-CKopie) ! = quick ! hurry up !
Tmne (or no-rame) ! =go slow 1 not so fast I

The words for far and near are frequeutly used ad-
verbially :

Tearpi* coBciMt 6jih3ko
the theatre is quite near

Tixiy nwkme 6jih3ko Hamero (or oti» Hamero)
their property is near ours

IleTporpafl'B OTCio^a 6jiibKe t6mi> MocKBa

Petrograd is nearer from here (lit. hence) than Moscow

B0K3ajn> o^eHb AaJieKo (or flajieico)

the station (sc. big station or terminus) is very far

npncTaHb enje Aajibme

the landing-stage is still further

rocTHHHija OTCiofla ^ajieKo
the hotel is far from here

B0K3aJTL HeMHO^CKO flaJIbllie rOCTHHHU,H

the station is a little further than the hotel

rocTHHima SjiHtfce OTCio^a whwb BOK3a;jn>
the hotel is nearer here than the station

The word no is often added to the comparative :

no-66jibme MOJiOKa, nojKajiyfiCTa
rather more milk, please

no-MeHbme Maca, no^KaJiyiicTa
rather less meat, please

COMPAEISON

129

Adverbial

comparatives :

OHt Bcer;a;a dojiero, 66jr£e hjih Meirfce

he is

always

i iB, more or Jess

h TaKt flarf

le (h.t.3.)

and i

so /ortffo

CHAPTER 38

'

VOCABULARY

The human body, health, &c.

TBJIO W.

tyeala

body

ayina/.

dusha

soul

Ayxt m.

dukh

spirit

rojiOBa/.

galava

head

men/.

sheya

neck

JIHIJO w.

lyitso

face (also person)

rjia3T>(-a) m.

(pl.)

glas, glaza

eye(s)

hocte. m.

nos

nose

meKa /.

shcheka

cheek

port m.

rot

mouth

^xo w.

ukho

ear

(yniH pi.

ushi

ears)

jio6t> m.

lop

forehead

saTHJioKt m.

zatylak

back of head

ropjio n.

gorla

throat

3y6t m.

zup

tooth

ry6a/.

guba

lip

«ecHa/.

dyosna

gum

H3LIK*B m.

yazyk

tongue

ycH m. pi.

usy

moustache

6opo«a/.

barada

beard

noAOopoflOKt

m.

padbarodak

chin

6aKeH6apji;Li/. pi.

bakenbardy

whiskers

bojioch m. pi

volosy

hair (collective)

noma/.

kozha

skin

1809

180

BODY AND HEALTH

mie^o n.

plyecho

shoulder

(iijiShh pi.

ply^^hi

shoulders)

cniraa /.

spina

back

pyKa/.

ruka

arm, hand

KHCTb/.

kist'

turist

Jl6KOTb m.

lokat'

elbow

nsuieirb m.

palyets

finger, toe

HoroTb m.

nogat'

nail

Hora /.

naga

leg, foot

6e,np6 n.

b(y)edro

hip

KOJTEHO(-h) n. (pi.)

kalyeana

knee(s)

CTynenb m.

stupye1!!'

foot

nHTa/.

pyata

heel

noAoniBa /.

padoshva

sole

jkhbotl m.
menyROK-b1 m.

zhyvot
zhelddak

I stomach

cSpaije n.

s(y)eartse

heart

jierKin n. pi. (adj.)

lyokhkiya

lungs

KOCTb /.

koigf

bone

KpOBb /.

kroif

blood

6ojib /.

boU'

pain

3«opoBbe n.

zdarovye

health

GoJTEBHb/.

baly^zn'

illness

jinxopa^Ka /.

lyikharatka

fever

Bocnajieme n.

vaspalye^iye

inflammation

TeMnepaTypa/.

tyemperatura

temperature

rpaAycHHKT> m.

gradusnyik

thermometer

rpaffycb m.

gradus

degree

Kauiejib m.

kasheP

cough

npocTyaa/.

prastuda

cold in the chest

HacMopKi. m.

nasmark

cold in the head

nax6TKa/.

chakhotka

consumption

flOKTOp'b m.

BpaHb m.

doktar
vrach

[ doctor

jieKapcTBO n.

lyekarstva

medicine

jieqe6HHna/*.

lyechebnitsa

nursing-home

airreKa/.

aptyeaka
1 A politer word.

chemist's

131

CHAPTER 39

VOCABULARY

Animal and plant life

>KH3HB/.

zhizn'

life

CMepTL /.

sm(y)6irt'

death

rcHBOTHoe1 n. {adj.)

zhyvotnoye x

animal

3B-fepb m.

zv(y)eir'

beast

jiouiaAb /.
jioinaAKa /.

loshat'
lashatka

\ horse

>Kepe6eHOKi. m.

zherebyonak

foal

kohl m.

ko*n'

steed

co6aKa/.

sabaka

dog

nect m.

pyos

hound

meHOKt m.

shchenok

puppy

KOTTb m.

kot

I cat

KOHIKa/.

koshka

KOTenoKt m.

katyonak

kitten

6hkt> m.

byk

ox

KopoBa/.

karova

cow

TejieHOKt m.

tyelyonak

calf

OBHa/.

aftsa

sheep

6apaHB m.

baran

ram, sheep

SapauieKL m.

barashek

I lamb

HrHeHOKT> m.

yagnyonak

K03ejn> m.

kazyol

he-goat

K03Jia /.

kazla

she-goat

K03JieHOK'L m.

kazlyonak

kid

CBHHBH /.

svinya

pig

nopoceHOKt m.

parasyonak

young pig

n'BTyx'b m.

p(y)etukh

cock

KypHHa/.

kuritsa

hen

HtinjieHOKt m.

tsyplyonak

chicken

oceJiL m.

asyol

donkey

BepSjuoAL m.

verblyut

camel

CJIOHB ra.

slon

elephant

1 Cf. note 1 on p. 71.

K2

182

ANIMALS AND PLANTS

jieBT> m.

lyeaf

lion

THrpi> m.

tyigr

tiger

MeRB^Rh m.

medv(y)6it'

bear

bojikb m.

volk

wolf

JiHca/.

JIHCHI^a /.

lyisa
lyisitsa

\M

3aflirB * m.

zayats

hare

kpojihkt, m.

krolyik

rabbit

6-EjiKa/.

byealka

squirrel

co66jil /.

saboU'

sable

ojieHB m.

aly^n'

deer

jiocb m.

loV

elk

o6e3BHHa/.

abezyana

monkey

JiHryniKa/.

lyagushka

frog

rH-fe3AO n.

gnyezdo

nest

nTHi^a/.

ptyitsa

bird

opejiB 2 m.

aryol

eagle

>KypaBJiB m.

zhuraM'

crane

roJiy6B 3 m.

golup'

dove, pigeon

coJiOBeft m.

salavyei

nightingale

Bopo6eii m.

varabyei

sparrow

jiacTOHKa /.

lastachka

swallow

3ivrfcH/.

zmeya

snake

pBida/.

ryba

fish

JIOCOCHHa/.

lasasina

[ salmon

ceMra /.

syomga

CeJIB^B/.

syeU'd'

herring

HacfeKOMoe 4 w.

nas(y)ekomoye 4

I insect

6yKauiKa /.

bukashka

Myxa/.

mukha

fly

KOMapi> m.

kamar

gnat, mosquito

nnejia /.

pchela

bee

oca/.

asa

wasp

6jioxa/.

blakha

flea

1 Gen. sing

. 3aftn;a.

2 Also the name of the town Orel, pron. Aryol.

3 rojiydnHKi. (m.), rojiyGynma

(/. ) = my dear.

4 Cf. note 1

on p. 71.

ANIMALS AND PLANTS

133

TapaKaHt m.

tarakan

cockroach

KJiont m.

klop

bug

pacT^Hie n.

rasty^niye

plant

flSpeBO n.

dy6reva

tree

jty6-b m.

dup

oak

6epe3a/.

beryoza

birch-tree

Tononb m.

topal'

poplar

cochsl/.

sasna

Scotch fir

(ejib) ejina/.

yolka

spruce fir

ijbIjtok'b m.

tsv(y)etok

a blossom

IJB'BTbl m. pi.

tsv(y)ety

flowers

p63a/.

roza

rose

(J)iaJiKa/.

fiyalka

violet

rB03ja;HKa f.

gvazdyika

pink

MaKt m.

mak

poppy

He3a6yAKa /.

nyezabutka

forget-me-not

hGjiohh/.

yablonya

apple4ree

cnpeHb/.

sir^n'

lilac

po>Kb/.

ro^h

rye

nmeiniija /.

pshenyitsa

wheat

H^MeHB m.

yachm6in'

barley

OBect m.

avyos

oats

rpeniixa /.

grechlkha

buckwheat

npoco n.

prosa

millet

KyKypy3T> m.

kukurus

maize

TpaBa/.

trava

grass

cbho n.

sye^a

hay

ypoKaii m.

. urazhai

harvest (good)

HeypoKafi m.

nyeurazhai

bad harvest

3acyxa/.

zasukha

drought

>KaTBa/.

zhatva

reaping

CHont m.

snop

sheaf

caAT> ra.

sat

garden

oropoAt m.

agarot

kitchen garden

flopo>KKa/.

daroshka

path

IJB'BTHHK'L W.

tsv(y)etnyik

flower-bed

rpHA«a/.

gryatka

vegetable-bed

134
CHAPTER 40

THE VERB TO HAVE

The Present

Although there is a verb to have x in Russian, by far the
most common means of expressing the idea is by a para-
phrase to be in the possession of followed by the genitive ;
this expression is formed by the preposition y = m the
possession of (also at the house of or near), by the genitive
of the personal pronoun, and by ecTB (yeW) = is, which is
all that is left of the present tense of the verb to be, e.g. :

y Meira ecTB * 1 have

y Te6a ecTB = thou hast

y Hero ecTB = he has, it has

y um ecTb = she has

y HacL ecTB = we have

y Bact ecTB = you have

y hhx-l ecTB -they have

The word ecTB is omitted more often than not, and
can also be placed first.

y Meira coSaica )

y Meira ecTB coSaica Y =1 have a dog

ecTB y Meira coSana )

but N.B.
co6aica y Meira = I have the dog or the dog

is with me

1 Inf. hm^tb, pres. hm^io, HM'fceiuB, HM^eTt HM-feeMt, uuieie,

HMilOTt.

TO HAVE

135

y Te6a KHiira
y Te6a edb KHnra
ecTb y Te6a KHiira

but
KHiira y Te6a

= thou hast a book

= thou hast the book

It will have been noticed that the words ero, eii, and
hxt* are prefixed by the letter h ; this h is inserted when-
ever these words are preceded and governed by a pre-
position, e.g. :

y Hero nncBMO

y Hero ecTb nnc&MO
ecn> y Hero nncLMO

but
nncbMO y Hero

y Hen flfaKa

y Heii ecTb flOHKa

edb y Heii ftOHKa

but
flOHKa y Hea

y Hacfc nacnopTt
nacnoprb y Hacb

y Bad. ^eHbrn
^eHbrn y Bac-b

y Hnxi* 6nJieTbi
6HJieTH y hhx-b

=he has a letter

=he has the letter

--she has a daughter

= the daughter is with her

= we have a passport
= we have the passport

--you have money
-you have the money

--they have tickets
--they have the tickets

When the verb is used interrogatively the interrogative
particle -jih may be added, but is not necessary if the

136

TO HAVE

voice is sufficiently raised to indicate interrogation :
indefinite questions ecTB must be added, e.g. :

ecTb jih y Te6a Komejiercb ?
edb y Te6a KomejieKt ?
y Te6a ecTb KomejieKt ?
y Te6n KoinejieKt ecTb ?
KomejieK'L y Te6a ecTb ?

but
Komejiercb y Te6a ?
y Te6a jih KomejieKt ?

in

= hast thou a purse ?

-- hast thou the purse ,

ecTb jih y Bacb fleHbra ?
ecTb y Bac-b ^eHbrn ?
y Bacb ecTb fleHbra ?
fleHbrn y Baes> ecTb ?
^eHbrn ecTb y Bacb ?

but
^eHbrn y Bacb ?
y Baci> jih fleHbrn ?

= have you any money I

= have you the money i

Phrases containing the word 'to have*

KaKoft y Bact KpacHBbift rowl
what a beautiful house you have

KaKaa y Bacs> npeKpacHaa KBapnipa
what a splendid flat you have

KaKie y Bacb npejiecTHbie rjia3a
what exquisite eyes you have

y Bacb oneHb njioxoft bh^

you look very ill (lit. have a bad look)

TO HAVE 137

y Hero 6*ieHB 3aopobbih bha^
he looks very well

ckojibko y Bact ftfeen ?

how many children have you ?

ckojibko y Baa& m'Sct'b Saraaica ?

how many pieces of luggage have you ?

y Haci> Bcero Tpoe flfeeii
we have in all three children

y Meira nerape M^CTa 6ara5Ka
I have four pieces of luggage

y Meira o^eHB MHoro Bemeii
. I have a great many things

y Heii o^eHB m&jio ReiierB
she has very little money

y HMX-B HicKOJIBKO HM^EM

they have several properties

y Meira h'Ickojibko H3,n,aHiH btoh KHiirH
I have several editions of this booh

y Bact co6aKa ecTB ?
have you a dog ?

y Meira ;n,a3Ke j^i
I have even got two

y HMX^ eCTB CBOH aBT0M06HJIB

they have their own motor-car

y Heii ecTB cboh .hom^
she has her own house

138 TO HAVE

y Hac^ ecTt cboh SKHnami
we have our own carriages

y 9Toro pe6eHKa oieHB KpacnBtie r;na3a
this child has very beautiful eyes

y 3toh 6apLimHH o^eHb xopoinie 3y6i>i
this young lady has very good teeth

y 3toh ji;aMi>i npejiecTHLie bojioch
this lady has exquisite hair

y 3Toro ^ejioBiKa o^eHb 6ojiBm6H poTB
this man has a very large mouth

y 3Toro CTapHKa fljiniraaa 6opo;a;a
this old man has a long beard

y 3Toro Majit^HKa o^eHt MHoro bojiocb (gen. pi.)
this boy has a great deal of hair

y 3toh infeyniKH oneHB MajieHBKia yinn
this girl has very small ears

y 3Toro qejiOB^Ka o^eHB mnpoma iraera
this man has very broad shoulders

y 3T0H JKeHHJHHbl 6*ieHB HenpiaTHLift TOJIOCL
this woman has a very unpleasant voice

y Bainen co6aKH npejiearaaa roaoBa
your dog has a lovely head

y 3Toro qejiOB^Ka 6ojn>niia ynra, MajieHBKie rjia3a, KopoTKia
Horn n ^JiHHHHa pyKH (ynra, rjia3a, Horn, and pyKH :
nom. plur.)

this man has large ears, small eyes, short legs, and long arms

TO HAVE 139

y KajKflaro qeaoB'ljKa ;n,Ba yxa, ;n,Ba rjia&a, ab^ Horn h ab^

pyKii (gen. sing.)
every man has two ears, two eyes, two legs, and two arms

y MeHH npooryfla = I have a cold in the chest
y Hero HacMopKt = he has a cold in the head
y Heii Kamejib = she has a cough

CHAPTER 41

NEGATION OF THE VERB TO HAVE
(cf. p. 109.)

y MeHH Hfci) co6aKH = I have no dog
y MeHH Hfo-L fteHerb = I have no money
y Hero HirL poflHTe;jieH = foe has no parents
y Heii H^Tt ji^Tm = she has no children
y Hact H^Tt 6HJieTOBi>=t(;e have no tickets
y hhx?> h^ts 6a1Ta>wz& = they have no luggage

y MeHH Hfo-L hh co6aKH hh kohikh
I have neither dog nor cat

y Hero hh OTii,a hh M&repn h^ti*, ohi> cnpoTa
he has neither father nor mother, he is an orphan

y Heii h4ti> hh SpaTa hh cecTpti, 0Ha cobc£mi> oflHa
she has neither brother nor sister, she is quite alone

y Hact h nacnopTt h 6HJiera ecTb
we have both passport and tickets

nacnopTt y hhxt> ecTb, a 6n;jieT0BT> Hirb
they have a passport, but no tickets

140 NOT TO HAVE

Questions in the Present

are often asked negatively :

Hira jih y Te6a nepa ?
hast thou a pen ?

nepo ecTb, a 6yMarn h^ti*
I have a pen, but no paper

6yMara ecTb, a lepHiforL Hiit
I have paper, but no ink

lepHHJia Tyra, h boti> KapaH^anit
here is the ink, and here is a pencil

Hira jih y Baci> fleHerfc ?
have you any money ?

CHAPTER 42

TO HAVE (CONTINUED)
The Past

of to have is expressed as follows :

y MeHa 6him> 6parb =1 had a brother
y MeHa 6mia cedpa =1 had a sister
y MeHa 6hjio pfejio =1 had business
y MeHa 6hjih poAHTejra = I had parents

that is to say, the verb was must agree with what in
Bussian is the subject but in English is the object in such
phrases ; similarly :

HAD AND SHALL HAVE 141

y Hero 6HJia co6aKa = 7ie had a dog

y Hen 6bun> ROMh=she had a house

y HHXTb 6hjio Kukme^they had a property

y Moero o*rn;a Sbljio nukme^ my father had a property

y Moet Ma/repH 6hjio mime = my mother had a property

The neuter singular 6hjio is sometimes used even when
the object referred to is in the plural, e.g. :

y Hero 6hjio ab^ R6wipii = he had two daughters
y Hea 6lijio ABa Cbraa = she had two sons

When negatived the neuter is invariably used, the word
He withdrawing the accent from the verb.

y MeHH He-6i>rao fleHeri^I had no money

y Hero He-6mio mraer6 = /ie had nothing

y Hen He-6i>iJio Hafl&KflH = she had no hope

y MeHa He-6i>iJio hh oji;h6h Kon^HKH = 1 hadn't a single kopek

y Hero He-6mio HHKaKHXt p,eHeri> = he had no money at all

y Heii HHRor^a He-6tmo ji$Tm = she never had any children

y HacL He-6i>iJio HHKoro = we had no one

When using the word hhkto = no one, the preposition
divides the hh from the kto.

hh y Koro He 6tmo j$nevb = no one had any money

The Future

of to have is expressed as follows :

y MeHa 6y,n;eTfc aBTOMo6iijn> = I shall have a motor-car

y Te6a 6yfleTT> jioniaflb = thou wilt have a horse

y Hero dyflerb %owb=he will have a house

y Heii 6y;neTi> c&jip^she will have a garden

y Haci» SyAeT'L poHJib=we shall have a grand piano

142 HAD AND SHALL HAVE

y BacB 6y,n;eT'L MH6ro 6ara$Ka ?
shall you have much luggage ?

y hhx^ Sy^eTTb o^eHb m&jio BpeMeHH
#iej/ wiW have very little time

y Hero 6yp$Tb tocth (nom. sing. rocTb) = he will have visitors
y Hea 6y^yTi> ,neHBrH = sfee wZi have money

In negative sentences the third pers. singular is always
used :

y Meira He 6y(a,eTi> ^eHeri>=I shall have no money
y HacB He 6yflera wkc,Ta, = we shall have no room
y HHX'b He Sy^eTt rocTeii=#^i/ will have no visitors
y MeHa HH^ero He 6yrn,eTi» = / shall have nothing

CHAPTER 43

PREPOSITIONS WHICH GOVERN THE GENITIVE

y=at the house of, near

It must be understood that this preposition is often
used in the above meanings as well as in that of ' in the
possession of ', e.g. :

a 6hjtb y Heii B^epa = I was at her house, or, I went to see

her yesterday
OHa B^epa 6mia y Hacb=sfee came to see us yesterday
bli 6lijih y hhxi> B^epa ? = did you go to see them yesterday ?

TpeTbaro flim a 6hjh> y Bamero oma
the day before yesterday I went to see your father (lit. of the
third day I ivas at your father's)

PEEPOSITIONS EEQUIEING GENITIVE 143

TpeTtaro ^ha 0Ha 6mia y MeHH

she came to see me the day before yesterday

OHt cero^Hfl y Heii = he is at her house to-day
OHa ceroflHH y Hero =she is at his house to-day

owl 6fj\evb y Haci> cero^Ha
he is coming to see us to-day

bh 6y,n;eTe y hhxi> cero^HH ?

are you going to see them to-day ?

* 6yay y hhx^ 3aBTpa

I am going to see them io-morrow

nocjiisaBTpa ohh 6y^yTi» y HacL

they are coming to see us the day after to-morroiv

mh 6yaeMi> y Heii cero^HH
we are going to see her to-day

tli 6y,n,eiHB y Her6 3aBTpa ?

art thou going to see him to-morrow ?

Obs. When the preposition does not directly govern
the words ero, ea, and hxi>, i.e. when these words
are used in the meaning of his, her, and their, the
h is not inserted, e.g. :

y ero OTija 6lijio HM^me

his father had a property

y ero Marepn 6hjio o^eHt MHoro fleHert
his mother had a great deal of money

y ea fipara 6hjfb xopomin poajib
her brother had a nice grand piano

y ek cecTpbi 6*ieHb KpacHBtie bojioch
her sister has very beautiful hair

144 PBEPOSITIONS EEQUIKING GENITIVE

y nxh po^HTejiea o^eHt 6ojn>maa 6n6jii6TeKa
their parents have a very large library

y ex's fliTeii oneHt ivraoro khhpb
their children have a great many books

6e3rE>= without

(before words beginning with two consonants difficult to
pronounce : 6e3o)

owl 6e3t 6njieTa = /ie is without a ticket

6esrb nacnopTa nejn>B& = without a passport it is impossible

6e3i> aToro rgstlbA =this is indispensible (it is impossible

without this)
9T0 6hjio 6esT> uen&^that was in my absence
6e30 Bcero= without anything (lit. all)

6esrb cojih, 6e3t x^6a — nojioBiraa o6i;n;a

without salt and without bread is only half a dinner (proverb)

fljra =for

jpa kopo 3T0 nncBMO ? =for whom is this letter ?

jpa ^eFO 3T0 T&Kb ? =why is this like that ? (lit. for what)

3to jpfl MeHH cjinmKOMTb ;n;6poro
that is too dear for me

9to Rim Heii He aobojibho xopomo
that is not good enough for her

flo =up to, until, before

ott> IleTporpa^a ao Mockbli
from Petrograd to Moscow

OTb JIoH^OHa jj;o IlapHTKa
from London to Paris

PKEPOSITIONS EEQUIRING GENITIVE 145

0H£ ftO CHXt nop^ T&Wb

he is there till now (lit. until those times)

OHa ao chxtE) nop-L 3A^Cb
sfte is still here

flO 3T0r0 OIT& 6bIJTE> TaMTb

imfa!? now (or before this) he was there

3T0 6hjio ro MeHa

£/ws was before my time

;n;o CBH,o;aHm = till we meet again

113^ =from out of
(before words beginning with two consonants difficult to
pronounce : H3o)

3T0 IIHCBMO 031. POCCIH

this letter is from Bussia

3Ta TejierpaMMa 03^ JIoH^OHa
this telegram is from London

3Ta OTKpHTKa H3i> OKC$op;a;a
this postcard is from Oxford

3Ta OTKpHTKa H3T. K^pHflSKa

this postcard is from Cambridge

N.B. o;n,inn> irat hhxi> = one of them (masc.)

ojniirb H3i> hxi> ^py3eii = one of their friends
ORHa 031. hx^ jiomaAeii = one of their horses

OR&Wh 03^ MOHXt 3HaKOMLIXrb

one of my acquaintances

OftittTB 031. 3THX1> jnOfleH

one of these people

1809 L

146 PREPOSITIONS REQUIRING GENITIVE

otb = away from
(before words beginning with two consonants difficult to
pronounce : oto)
3to iihcbmo otb Moero Apyra
this letter is from my friend

otb Kor6 3Ta TejierpaMMa ?
from whom is this telegram ?

HeH3B'tcTH0 OTS> KOr6 3Ta OTKpBITKa

I don't know (it is not known) from whom this postcard is

3TH IIHCbMa OTB MOHXI) Apy3eH

these letters are from my friends

ciofla otb hhxi» AaJieK6

it is far from them here (lit. hither)

ciofla otb Mockbbi o^eHB ^aJieKo
it is a long way here from Moscow

Ty^a orb Haci> 6jih3Ko

from our house there (lit. thither) is not far

Tyaa otb IIeTporpa,n;a cobcImb 6jih3ko
it is quite near from Petrograd there

botb iihcbmo otb nero = here is a letter from him

BOTb iihcbmo otb ero skghbi
here is a letter from his wife

BOTb OTKpBITKa OTB Heil

here is a postcard from her

BOTb OTKpBITKa otb en MyjKa

here is a postcard from her husband

Bame iihcbmo otb nepBaro $eBpaJia
your letter of the 1st of February

PKEPOSITIONS EEQUIKING GENITIVE 147

okojio = about, near, around
6kojio AByxt pySjieii = about two roubles
CTyjrs okojio CTOJia = the chair is near the table

nocjrfc = after (also = afterwards)
nocjrfc 3aBTpaKa = after lunch ( = in the afternoon)
nocjii *iaa (or qaio) = after tea
nocjrfe o6i,n;a = after dinner

KpoM^ ^besides, except
Bci KpoM^ MeHH = all except me
Kpoivrfe Toro = besides that

bm4cto= instead of
B03Jrk = alongside
flopora B03jrfc piKH = a road alongside the river

CHAPTER 44

THE DATIVE
Substantives

The dative singular endings are :
Masculine )

Hard
Soft

Neuter J

Masculine )
Neuter )

-10

and

Feminine -i

for both hard and soft nouns, but feminine nouns in -in
have dative singular in -in.

L2

148

DATIVE OF SUBSTANTIVES

Examples :

IMara3iray
6njieTy
crony

Hard

Nouns {

' M^CTy

Neuter • cejiy

k 66m;ecTBy

|6a6i
Feminine \ KOMHart

I H36i

/ Masculine

Soft
Nouns ^Neuter

Feminine

aBT0M06HJIK)

cjiy^aio

COflOBBK)

Bacimiio

nojno
pynctK)

ttwkmW

( He^Jii

J CTaTB^

apMin
, Poccin

The dative singular of the other words mentioned on
pp. 90-91 is :

Komiy ^hio

nocny ormo

pe6eHKy ^bowI*

Feminine surnames in -OBa, -eBa, -iraa have dative
singular in -oh : IlaBJiOBOH, ApceHBeBOH, KapcaBHHoii (cf.
pp. 54, 104).

DATIVE OF SUBSTANTIVES

149

Feminine nouns with nominative singular in -b have
dative singular in -h, e.g. :

JioinaAH

U,epKBH

Bem,H

MaTepn

^o^epn

Neuter nouns in -a have dative singular in -erni, e.g. :
BpeMeim

The dative plural of all nouns, pronouns, and adjectives
without exception ends in ~wh.

The dative plural endings of the substantives are :

Masculine )
Hard - Neuter [ -&wb
i Feminine )

Soft -

Masculine ]
Neuter Y -nwb
Feminine J

Examples :

Mara3HHaMi>
1 Masculine \ 6njieTaMi»

I CTOJiaMfc

Hard

Nouns < Neuter

Feminine ■

wkGmWb

i 66m;ecTBaM,b
6a6aMi>

KOMHaTaM^b

i n36aMrf>

150 DATIVE OF SUBSTANTIVES

aBTOMoSHJiaMTB

/ Masculine

cjiyqaaivrL

{ COJIOBbHMfc

Nouns

•{ Neuter j py^KBaivrL

l HM^HiflM-L

IHejuijiaMt
CTaTtaMt
apMiaMt

Feminine nouns with nominative singular in -b have
dative plural in -hmi>.

JiomaAaM'B lashadyam

^o^epaM'L dacheryam

flfaaMt dyejtyam

jnoflaMt lyudyam

But those ending in -;>kb, -hb, -hib, -iijb have -aivrb, e.g. :
BemaMt v(y)eshcham

also

UjepKBaMTE*

ts(y)erkvam

Neuter nouns in -a have dative plural in -eHaivrb, e.g. :
BpeMeHaM-L vr(y)emenam

The dative plural of all the words of which the genitive
plural has been specially given is perfectly normal, viz.
-aMt or -RWb> according to whether the noun is hard 01;
soft ; it can always be recognized by the ending -Mb.

DATIVE OP SUBSTANTIVES 151

The following may be specially mentioned :
CTyjibflMt ctic&RSiWb HeSecaM^

6paTtaMt inepeBbflMfc njieqaivrc*

chhobbhm'b ymaivrb KOirknsiMb

jipjshAwb Hy^ecaMt

CHAPTER 45

THE DATIVE
Pronouns

Dativs
mh^ mnye = to me

Te64 tyebye = to thee
eMy * yemu = to him, to it
eii 1 yei = to her

HaM-L nam = to us
Baivn> vam =to you
wwh * yim = to them

ce6& 2 s(y)ebye = to oneself

Sing. Plur.

M. N. MoeMy may emu

F. Moeii mayei

mohmi. mayim

M. N. TBoeMy tvayemu ) , ,

_ , J ,. r tbohmt* tvayim

Jb. TBoeft tvayei J

1 When governed by a preposition these words assume initial H,
e.g. kt> HeMy, kt> Hen, kl hhmt>.

2 Cf. note on p. 96.

152

DATIVE OF PEONOUNS

Sing.

Plur.

M.N.
F.

HanieMy
Hanieit

nashemu j
nashei

HaiHHM'L

nashym

M.N.
F.

BaineMy
Bameit

vashemu
vashei

BaniHM^

vashym

M.N.
F.

CBoeMy
CBoeii

svayemu
svayei

CBOHMT>

svayim

M.

F. KOMy

kamii

N.

^eMy

chemu

M.N.
F.

iteMy
Hben

chyemii
chyei

HbHRTb

chyfkh

M.N.

OflHOMy

adnamii

OflHHM'b

adnyim

F.

oflHoii

adnoi

-oah£m,l

adnyeam

M. N.
F.

caMOMy
caMoii

samamu
samoi

CaMHM'L

samim

M.N.
F.

3T0My
9T0H

eatamu
eatoi *

dmwb

e^yim

M.N.
F.

TOMy
TOH

tamu
toi

T^Mh

tyeam

M.N.
F.

BceMy
Bceti

fs(y)emu '
fsyei

BCilVrb

fsyeam

1 This -oi in rapid speech sounds like the letter li.

153

CHAPTER 46

THE DATIVE
Adjectives

M.N.
F.

M.N.
F.

M.N.
F.

M.N.
F.

M.N.
F.

M.N.
F.

M.N.
F.

Sing.

KpaCHBOMy
KpaCHBOH

CHHeMy
CHHeii

MOJiOAOMy

MOJIOAOH

BblCOKOMy
BblCOKOH

^oporoMy
Aoporon

xoponieMy
xopoineii

krasivamu
krasivoi 1

sinyemu
sinyei

maladomu
maladoi

vysokamu
vysokoi x

daragomu
daragoi

(k)haroshemu
(k)haroshei

Plur.

KpacHBbiML krasivyin

chhhm'l sinyim

mojioahml maladym

BbicoKHMb vysokim

r soporHMi* daragim

xopouiHMTb (k)haroshym

6oJibinoMy
SoJibinoii

bal'shomu
bal'shoi

6ojibuiHM'b bal'shym

1 This -oi in rapid speech sounds like the letter u.

154

CHAPTER 47

PHRASES CONTAINING WORDS IN THE DATIVE

9T0 mh4 ? = is this for me ?

9T0 Te64 = this is for thee

9T0 HaMi> ? = is this for us ?

9to BaMT> = this is for you

6ojibmoe Te6i cnacn6o = many thanks to thee

Sojitmoe BaMi> cnacii6o = many thanks to you

(contracted from cnacn Eon> = God save)
6jiaro;n;apH 9T0My
cnacn6o BTOMy

cjiaBa Bory ! = (glory to God) thank goodness !
(often=very well indeed)

--thanks to this

= here you are, take this

BOT!> Te6i
BOTb B&Wb t

boti> BaMt KHiira = here is the book for you
boti> BaMT> fteHBrn = here is the money for you
B(m> Baivrb nepo = here is a pen for you
boti> B&wb MicTO = here is a place for you
Bora BaMi> nncLMO = here is a letter for you
BOTb BaMi> OTKpHTKa = here is a postcard for you

MHi xojioji,ho = J am cold

euf Tenjio = he is warm

Mirk coBciivrB Teiuio = I am quite warm

MHi ^ajKe cjinniKOMTb jKapKO = J am even too hot

Baivrc> xojioaho ?=are you cold ?

BaMt Tenjio ? = are you warm ?

WANTS AND BEQUESTS 155

cnaciiSo, MH-fe cobc£mi> xopoino = thanks, I am quite all right

Mirk njioxo = I/ee? bad

eMy cero^HH xfme = he is worse to-day

HaMt sy&ch ^ajKe Jiy*mie wbwh TaMt
we are even better (off) here than there

6oJiBHOMy ceroftHH ropa3^o Jiyqnie

the patient (masc.) is much better to-day

6ojibh6h ceroAira ropa3^o xyrae

the patient (fern.) is much worse to-day

MoeMy OTDiy B^epa 6hjio ayqnie
my father was better yesterday

mit£ 3aBTpa Sy^eTt Jiynnie
I shall be better to-morrow

eMy ysKt o^eHB ruioxo
he is really very bad

eft ym* cobcIm'b xoponio
she is quite all right now

mh£ 3]5$Q,h xoponio = I am all right here

mh^ 3^icb Jiyqme = I am better here

mh4 3ji$Gh Hexopomo = I don't like it here

(Mirk) mojkho ?=may I ?

(b&wl) HejiB3a = you may not

mojkho MHi Tyjj;a ? =may I (go) there (lit. thither) ?

B&wb Ty,n,a HejiB3a = you may not (go) there

a cio;n,a mojkho = but you may here

MHi 8to HeB03MO5KH0 = that is impossible for me

Mirk 3to Henpiarao = that is disagreeable to me

156 PHRASES WITH THE DATIVE

B&wb 9to npiaTHO ? =is that agreeable to you ?

yroftHO jih BaM-L ? = do you wish ? (lit. is it pleasing to you)

ito BaMfc yroflHO ?=what do you want t

KaKt B&wb yroAHO = a5 you like

B&wb ya66ho TaK£ ? = are you comfortable like that ?

mh^ cobcIjm£ ya66ho = I am quite comfortable

MHi Heyn,66HO=*I am uncomfortable, it is awkward for me

mh4 HejioBKO = I don't like to

3T0 MHi robojibko^ that is enough for me

9T0 mh4 M.a>3io = ihat is not enough for me (lit. little)

3T0 MHi Syflera MHoro = that will be (too) much for me

Mirk 66jh>ho = ^ hurts me

rj^h BaM-L 66jibho ? = where does it hurt you ?

3to BaMTb Ta.VKem=that is (too) heavy for you

Mirk 3to JierKO=^ is light (or easy) for me

MHi bto Tpy,HHO=i£ is difficult for me

8T0 Syflerb Mirk bhtoaho = that will be advantageous for me

9to Syaera BaMt nojie3HO = ^a£ will be good for you

8to 6ynerb b&wl Bpe<a;HO = that will be bad for you (sc. for

your health)
BaMTb 6yAerB njioxo = j/ow will fare badly
mit£ CKyrao =1 /eeZ depressed (bored)
MHi rpycrao = J/eeZ sad
MHi Tonrao = I feel sick *
mh£ AypHO = I feel faint

TOO BaMTb Ha^o (or HyjKHo) ?

what do you want ? (lit. is necessary)

mh£ Ha,o.o HepHrat, nomoBoft 6yMarn, nepo, KapaHAainL
I want some ink, some writing (lit. postal) paper, a pen,
and a pencil

WANTS AND BEQUESTS 157

MHi HySKHO KOHBepTL (or 06jI03KKa) H OTKpHTKa H JIHCPB

noiTOBoft 6yMarn
I want an envelope, a postcard, and a sheet of writing paper

MHi Haflo MapoKt, noacajiyiiCTa
I want some stamps, please

MHii h&;o;o ropa^eH bo^iS
I want some hot water

MH'fe Ha;n;o MBijia h nojiOTemje
I want some soap and a towel

MHi Haflo xoporaaa, iHCTaa h He cjihiekom'b floporaa K6MHaTa
I want a nice, clean, and not too expensive room

mh4 Ha;n;o acejii3Haa kpob&tb h iHCTaa nooreJiB
I want an iron bedstead and clean bedding

MHi Ha;n;o noflymKa, *racTaa HaBOJKHKa, BTopoe o^Mjio, h

ihctbih npocTBiHH
I want a pillow, a clean pillow-case, a second blanket (or

quilt), and clean sheets

Mirk Haflo HOCH;jiBmHK£ = I want a porter
me* Ha^o H3B6m;HKrb = J want a cab

ckojibko BaMi* HyaKHO ?=how much do you want? (or how
many)

cnacnSo, Mirk (66jiBme) rnraero He HysKHo
thank you, I don't want anything (more)

Obs. HyaKHHft is often treated as the predicate and
must then agree with the noun, e.g. :

MHi HysKeHt 9T0T& 5KypHMt = I require this magazine
Mirk nymni 9Ta KHnra = I require this book

158 PHEASES WITH THE DATIVE

BaMt HpKHbi 9th fleHBrn ? = do you require this money ?

nojKajiyiiCTa, ftaiiTe MRi=please, give me

nepeflairre mh^ = hand me, pass me

CKajKHTe mh^ = tell me

noKa^KHTe mh^ = show me

npHHeciiTe mh^ = bring me

no3BOJiBTe mh^ = permit me

npocTHTe MHi = forgive me

noMorHTe MH& = help me

flairre mh^ 6njieTrb = give me a ticket

nepe^aHTe mh^ cojib = hand me the salt

CKa^KHTe MErifc, rpik rocTiraiiija
tell me where is the hotel

noKajKirre mh^ KOMHaTy
show me a (or the) room

9TO MH^ (He) HpaBHTCH

this (dis-) pleases me, I (don't) like this

npHHeciiTe mh^ ropOTeii bo ah, KycoKt Mtuia h raoroe iiojio-

TeHn;e
bring me some hot water, a piece of soap, and a clean towel

Addressing Letters

Ero BBicoKo6jiarop6^iio (abbreviated E.B.E.)

HBaHy HnKOJiaeBH^y AippeeBy
to his highlywellborn-ness (=Esq.)

Ivan Nikolayevich Andreyev

Eh BLicoKo6jiaropoAiio

Airai HBaHOBHi AH,n;peeBOH
to her . . . Anna Ivanovna Andreyeva (=Mrs.)

WANTS AND EEQUESTS

Ero npeBoexoflHTHJibCTBy

Ceprkio MnxaHJiOBHqy CojiOMnpcKOMy
to his Excellency

Sergius Mikhailovich Solomirski

Ero CijrrejibCTBy Kh«3K)

IlaBJiy IleTpoBHqy JJojiropyKOMy
to his Serenity Prince

Paul Petrovich Dolgoruki

159

CHAPTER 48

VOCABULARY

Clothes

my 6a/.

shuba

fur coat

M-fexT> (-a) m. {pi.)

myeakh

fur(s)

naJibTO n. (indecl.)

pal' to

overcoat

$paKt m.

frak

evening-dress coat

dopTyK-L m.

syurtuk

frock-coat

jKHJieTt m.

zhylyeH

waistcoat

nnff^KaK-L m.

pidzhak

short day -coat

6pK)KH m. pi.

bryuki

breeches

iHTami m. pi.
naHTajiOHLi m. pi.

shtany
pantalony

[ trousers

py6auma/.

rubashka

shirt

$y$aiiKa/.

fufaika

undervest

noAiiiTaHHHKH m. pi.

patshtanyiki

drawers

(hoc6kt>) hockh m. pi.

naski

socks

(qyjiOKt) nyjiKii m. pi.

chulki

stockings

(can6n>) canorii m. pi.

sapagi

top-boots

(6aniMaKi>) 6auiMaKHm.

pi. bashmaki

boots, shoes

(Ty<|)jifl) Ty^jin/. pi.

tuflyi

slippers, light shoes

(najioiua) Kajioinn/. pi

kaloshy

galoshes

xaJiarL m.

(k)halat

dressing-gown

KOCTKUVTB m.

kastyum

suit, coshime

160

CLOTHES

nJiaTBe n.

platye

suit, dress

i66Ka/.

yupka

shirt

KyinaKt m.

kushak

sash

n6flci> m.

poyas

belt

npnnma /.

pryashka

buckle

6ji^3a/.

bluza

blouse

KO$TOHKa /.

koftachka

lady's jacket

(nepnaTKa) nep^aTKH /. pi. perchatki

gloves

BOpOTHnKT* m.

varatnyik

collar

3anoHKa /.

zapanka

stud, link

nyroBHi^a /.

pugovitsa

button

raJiCTyKt m.

galstuk

tie

nORTHJKKH /. pi.

patyashki

braces

(pyKaBt) pynaBa m. pi.

rukava

sleeves

no^KJia^Ka /.

patklatka

lining

manna/.

shapka

marts hat, cap

M-BXOB8LH IH. /.

m(y)ekhavaya sh.

fur cap

nnrana /.

shlyapa

lady's hat

(HOCOBoft) nnaTOKt m.

platok

(hand)kerchief

HenpoMOKaeMoe n. (adj.)

nyepramakayemoye

1 waterproof

3ohthkt> m.

zontyik

umbrella

najiKa /.

palka

stick

TpOCTOHKa /.

trostachka

cane

d'BJite n.

bilyo

linen (garment

nnaTBe n.

platye

j- clothes

ov£mmf.

adyeazhda

66yBB/.

obuf

footwear

CTiipKa /.

styirka

the wash

KpaxMajrB m.

krakhmal

starch

HOJKHHIJBl/. pi

nozhnyitsy

scissors

GyjiaBKa /.

bulafka

pin

aRTJiittcKan 6.f.

anglyiskaya b.

safety pin

uinHJiBKa /.

shpil'ka

hair-pin

nrojiKa /.

igalka

needle

HHTKa /.

nyitka

thread

cyKHo n.

sukno

cloth

nojioTHO n.

palatno

linen

1

Cf. note 1 on p. 70.

s)

CLOTHES

•

inepcTt /.

sh^rst'

wool

meTKa /•

shchotka

brush

rpe6eHKa/.

greby onl a

comb

GpHTBa/.

britva

razor

CaKBOHJK'L m.

sakvayash

hand-lag

nopT$6jit m.

partteU'

pocket-book

KoinejieKt m.

kashelyok

purse

qeMOAaH-B m.

chemadan

trunk

(peM^Hb) peMHH m. pi.

remnyi

(strap) holdall

nsiejj^b m.

plyeH

rug

inajib /.

shaft'

shawl

KapMaHi> m.

karman

pocket

apuiHHt m.

arshyn

yard

kojild;6 n.

kal'tso

ring

ohkh m. pi.

achki

spectacles

161

CHAPTER 49

AGE

ckojibko BaMi> jrfcrc> ? = how old are you ? (lit. how many to

you of years ?)
mh£ ftB&jmaTb Jirkvb = I am twenty
eMy ^BaTOaTb OR&wh roji^^e is twenty -one
evL TpHAU,aTb ji,Ba ro^a = she is thirty-two
eMy copoK'b TpH ro^a = he is forty-three
e& nflTbRecarb qerape r6Ra = s/ie is fifty -four
eMy mecTbji.ecaT'b naTb jrfrrb=fte is sixty-five
en Jifc'b ceMb,o,ecHTi> = she is about seventy
3T0My pe6eHKy TOJibKO mecTb n$n otitis child is only six
3toh a^bo wfe noqTH ceMb Jiirb = this little girl is nearly seven
eMy 66jibine bocbmh (gen. of comparison) jrfcTfc = /ie is more

than eight
eMy irfrrb em,e BOCbxMja flirt = fee is not yet eight
eMy yace BoceMb jrim* = he is already eight

1809

M

162 EXPEESSION OF AGE

flBa ro;n;a TOMy na&kRb = two years ago (lit. to that back)
MHoro jrfvrL TOMy na,3a,Rrb=rnany years ago
h4ckojii>ko aneit TOMy Ha3a,n;i»= several days ago

CHAPTER 50

PREPOSITIONS WHICH GOVERN THE DATIVE

Kb =tO

(before words beginning with two consonants difficult to
pronounce : ko)

npnxoflHTe Kt HaMi> = come and see us
prikhadyitye k nam (lit. come to us)

npuxoflirre ko mh^ = come and see me
ka mnye

Kb MoeMy coJKajitniio hx-l He-omio flOMa
to my regret they were not at home

Kt MoeMy yAHBJieHiio oh-l Sluts ynce T&wb
to my astonishment he was already there

KT> C^aCTlH) OHH BCfe 3A0p0BH

fortunately, they are all well (lit. to good fortune)

Kb Hec^acTiio, hxt> Tyrt h^ts Teneps
unfortunately they are not here now

Kb Ha^iajiy MapTa a 6y^y onaTt ftOMa

by the beginning of March I shall again be at home

kt& HOBOMy ro^y a 6fjny onaTB spfecb
by the New Year I shall be here again

Kb KOHny 9Toro Micaija

by (or towards) the end of this month

PKEPOSITIONS EEQUIEING DATIVE 163

no = according to, along, on, at (the rate of)
(cf. p. 199)

nO MH^ ) . /.,xt

• =m my {opinion), I consider
no MoeMy j v \ r »

no BaineMy=m your (opinion)

no ero Milium = in his opinion

no MoeMy Hejn>3H = I don't think it is possible

no BameMy mojkho ? = do you think it is possible ?

KaK'L no BameMy ?=what do you think about it? (lit.

how in your)

no 9T0My =for this reason

noqeMy ? =why ? for what reason ?

noTOMy, tto = because (lit. for that what)

no MOCKOBCKOMy BpeMeHH
by Moscoiv'time

SBi MapKH no oahoh Kontairfi
two stamps at one kopek each

flecHTb MapoicB no ceMH KonieiO)
ten stamps at seven kopeks each

3th h6jiokh no hhth KonieKT* (nrryKa)
these apples are at five kopeks each (piece)
but for prices at two, three, and four, cf. pp. 170-71.
no jKejrfeHOH floporfc = iy ran
no BocKpeceHBHMrt = on Sundays
no noHefl'fcjibHHKaM'B = on Mondays
no BTopHHKaM'L = on Tuesdays
no cpe^aMt = on Wednesdays
no qeTBepraMi> = on Thursdays
no naTHHijaM'L = on Fridays
no cy666TaMT> = on Saturdays
M2

164 PEEPOSITIONS EEQUIEING DATIVE

no saKOHy = according to the law

no yjinii.i = along the street

no Ha6epe5KHOii = along the quay

CHAPTER 51

THE ACCUSATIVE

The accusative singular and plural of all masculine
nouns, pronouns, and adjectives, and the accusative plural
of all feminine nouns, pronouns and adjectives is the same
as the nominative (singular and plural respectively) in
the case of inanimate, and the same as the genitive
(singular and plural respectively) in the case of animate,
or once animate things. The accusative of all neuter
words is always the same as the nominative, singular
and plural, with one exception.

Feminine Substantives,

singular

Feminine nouns have the
accusative singular :

following endings in the

Hard

Soft

-y

-K)

I 6a6y
Hard Nouns \ KOMHaTy
( H36y

babu

komnatu

izbu

Soft Nouns h

He^Jiio

CTaTBK)

apMiio
, Pocciio

nyedyeUyu
statyii
armiyu
Eassiyu

THE ACCUSATIVE

165

The accusative singular of all feminine nouns in b- is
the same as the nominative singular, viz. :

NOM. AND ACC.

Jiomaflb ijepKOBB

Benns MaTB

As regards the accusative plural ending these nouns
follow the general rule given on p. 164.

Feminine Pronouns and Adjectives, singular

The accusative singular endings of feminine pronouns
and adjectives are :

ee

yeyo

her

MOK)

mayii

my

TBOK)

tvayu

thy

Hainy

nashu

our

Bamy

vashu

your

CBOK)

svayii

own

qtio

chyii

whose

oflHy

adnii

one

caMoe

samayo

herself

9Ty

eatu

this or that

Ty

tu

that yonder

BCK)

fsyti

all, the whole

KpaciiByH)

krasivuyu

beautiful

CHHIOK)

sinyuyu

dark blue

MOJIOAyH)

maladuyu

young

BLICOKyiO

vysokuyu

tall

flopor^io

daragiiyu

dear

xopomyio

(k)haroshuyu

nice

6ojibmyio

bal'shiiyu

big

166 THE ACCUSATIVE

The only exceptions to the above rules are that the
accusative of

kto is always Koro
oho is always ero

i.e. is always the same as the genitive, while the accusative
of

ito is always ito

CHAPTER 52

PHRASES IN WHICH THE ACCUSATIVE IS USED

SjiaroAapio Baci» = J thank you

fijiaroflapio Baci» o^em = thank you very much

Mirfc ee 5Kajn> = I am sorry for her (lit. to me is pity)

uwk ero SKaJib = I am sorry for him

MH^ 6tIJI0 6^eHB 5KaJIb HX1>

I was very sorry for them

flaftTe mh^ BTy KE&ry=give me this book

AaiiTe eMy ara ReEbTii=give him this mone%

noKajKirre mh^ Banii> nacnoprt
show me your passport

noKajKHTe MHi Bama 6HJiera
show me your tickets

npHHeciiTe Mirf* moh Bemn
bring me my things

cen-qacL = immediately
ciio mmyTy= this minute

PHEASES WITH ACCUSATIVE 167

The accusative is used to express time :
KaaKflHii pa3i>= every time
KajKflHH fleHb = every day
KajKfltift Be*iepfc= every evening
KajKflkift tort* = every year
Kaac^oe yTpo = every morning
KajKji.yio nei$3m = every week
KjfoKflyio hohb = every night

3Ty nejifemo^ihis weefc

8Ty Bemf = ihis spring

8to jr&ro = #m summer

3Ty 6ceHb = #m autumn

9Ty 3&My = this winter
but for ttis morning, in the winter, &c, cf. pp. 180-1.

With the names of the days of the week (cf. pp. 84-85^
168) and with those of the seasons KasKABiii is also used
in the accusative.1

CHAPTER 53

PREPOSITIONS WHICH GOVERN THE ACCUSATIVE

bt>= into, to
(before words beginning with two consonants difficult to
pronounce: bo)

b'l Pocciio = fo Russia

KB A.H.vmx) = to England

Bt repMaHiio = fo Germany

1 Other words similarly so used are

npouiJiBiii =last (sc. the previous)
6ynyuj\pL =the next
CJi-iffyiomiH =the following

168 PEEPOSITIONS EEQUIEING ACCUSATIVE

bo <BpaHijiK) = fo France

Vb Ch6hpb = to Siberia

Bt KpHMT. = to the Crimea

bi> HTajiiio = fo Italy

B'b MocKBy = io Moscow

bt» Ofteccy^o Odessa

bs> mKOJiy = to school

Bt Te&rpt = to the theatre

Bt cas'B = into the garden

bi> aoM'L = into the house 1

bi> ropoftt = into the town

bt> pecTopaHt^o the restaurant

b^ rocTHHHuy = to the hotel

SHJierL bt. KieBT» = a ticket to Kiev

6n;jieTi> b-l MocKBy = a ticket to Moscow

b-l BocKpeceHte 6y^eT^ npeflCTaBJieme
on Sunday there will be a performance

bs» noHern(ijibHHKrb Sy^eTt KOHijepT'L
on Monday there will be a concert
bo BTopmiKT* He 6yn;eTi> npe^CTaBJienia
on Tuesday there will be no performance

bt> cpefly He 6j%erb KomjepTa

on Wednesday there will be no concert

b'l qeTBepr-L ecTb napoxoflt
on Thursday there is a steamer

bt> naTHHii;y h^ts napoxo^a
on Friday there is no steamer

bi> ey66oTy SyflerL napoxofli.

on Saturday there will be a steamer

1 But jhomoh -home, to one's home, homewards.

PKEPOSITIONS EEQUIEING ACCUSATIVE 169

n6rfe3,nirB b-l ffBa qaca
the train, is at 2 o'clock

nofeflTb bi» naTB qacoBfc
the train is at 5 o'clock

nofefli* vb nojioBHHy nepBaro
the train is at 12.30

saBTpaKt b^ ^acfc
lunch is at one o'clock

oSiflt bt> ceMt qacoBt
dinner is at 7

bt. nojiOBiray oAHHHaOTaTaro a Sy^y sjvfccb
at 10.30 I sfeaM &e here

Ha^ajio npeAdaBJieHia b^ noJiOBiray BOCbMoro
the beginning of the performance is at 7.30

pKHHi> 6yfler& Bt ,o;6BaTb ^acoBt
supper will be at 9 o'clock

a Bflict B^ nepBLift pasi*
I am here for the first time

9to dyneTb b'l Apyroii pa3T>
that will be for another time

bi> 3to BpeMa a 6bim> 66jiein>
at that time I was ill

17$ bli 6bijih Bt 3T0 BpeMa ?
where were you at that time ?

ohi> Bcer,n;a Bo-BpeMa

he is always in (good) time

bo BpeMa ypoKa

during the (time of the) lesson

170 PKEPOSITIONS REQUIEING ACCUSATIVE

Ha = on to
nojiosKHTe KHHry Ha ctojtb
lay the book on (to) the table

nocT&BbTe CTaK&HTb Ha noftHoci,
put the tumbler on (to) the tray
nojiosKHTe qeMOftaHfc Ha-nojrb
put the trunk on (to) the floor
3to Syfle-TL Ha moh mevb
that will be on my account

a oieHb paflfc Ha c^era 3Toro

I am very glad about this (on account of this)

MHi oneHB acajib Ha c^en. 9Toro ^ijia
I am very sorry about this business

Ha KaBKa3'B = ^o the Caucasus

Ha B0K3ajrb ! = fo the station! (sc. terminus, big station)

Ha CTaHH.no \ = to the station! (sc. small station)

Ha npiiCTaHB ! = to the landing-stage !

3a =for
Sjiaro/japK) Bact 3a Bame nncBMO
thank you for your letter

6jiaroAapio Bact 3a 9to

thank you for this

BOTb cwdvb 3a Bamy KOMHaTy

here is the bill for your room

BOTb fleHbrn 3a Shjictbi

here is the money for the tickets

no =at(d. pp. 163, 199)
naTb MapoK'B (nom. sing. MapKa) no-flBi Kontacn
five stamps at 2 kopeks each

PREPOSITIONS REQUIRING ACCUSATIVE 171

qenipe MapKH n6-Tpn KoniiiKH
four stamps at 3 kopeks each

Tpn MapKH no ^erape Konifen
three stamps at 4 kopeks each

hhtb OTKpHTOKT> no ie™pe KOn'tllKH
five postcards at 4 kopeks each

flBi OTKpiiTKH n6-TpH KOnfelKH

two postcards at 3 kopek's each

*iepe3T> (or qpe3t, or nepe3o) = through, via, across

qepe3B MocKBy = through, or ma Moscow

iepe3B nojie = across the field

iepe3B Mope = across £fee sea

qepe3B BecB ropo^t = through the whole town

nepes'B Koro ? = by whose agency ? through whom ?

CHAPTER 54

THE INSTRUMENTAL
Substantives

The instrumental singular endings are :

{Masculine )
Neuter J
Feminine -oft (or -oio)

{Masculine )
Neuter )
Feminine -eft (or -eio)

172 INSTEUMENTAL OP SUBSTANTIVES
Examples :

/

Masc.

MarasHHOMT*

6HJieTOMTE>
. CTOJIOMT*

EARD f M^CTOML

Nouns { Neut.j cejioMt

i 66ni;ecTBOM'L

\Fem.

magazmam

bilyeHam

stalom

myeastam

s(y)elom

opshchestvam

6a6on or 6a6oio baboi \ -oyu

KOMHaToii or KOMHaTOio komnatoi *, -oyu
> h366h or H36610 izboi, -oyu

Soft J

Nouns

/ aBT0M06HJieMt

Masc. ca^iaeMB

COJIOBLeMt

BacHJiieM^

InoJieMTE,
py^beMt
HMiHieMl>

' Heaijiefi or He^ijieio

Fern J CTaT^ or CTaTeio
apMien or apMieio
Poccieii or Poccieio

aftamabilyem
sluchayem
salavyom
vasfliyem

polyem

ruzhyom

imye^iyem

nyedyeUyevyeyu
statyoi, -yoyu
armiyei, -yeyu
Rassiyei, -yeyu

Masculine nouns ending in -up (also neuter nouns
in -ijo, -ije, -me) have instrumental singular in -omi.

1 The fern. inst. ending -oil when unaccented sounds almost
like -H.

INSTEUMENTAL OF SUBSTANTIVES 173

when the ending is accented and in -eMi> when it is
not, e.g. :

Masc.

NOM. SING.

INST.

SING.

( KOHei],T>

kohd,6mt>

kantsom

OTeip*

OTIJOM'L

atsom

M'tcHU.'L

wkcnuewb

mye'syatsem

v H^Meii^

E&MnfiWb

nye^mtsem

jihijo (face

, person)

jihu,6mi>

litsom

, nojiOTemje

(towel)

nojioTeHiiieM^

palaty^ntser

Neut.

Feminine nouns with nominative singular in -u,a have
instrumental singular in -eft, e.g. :

NOM. SING. INST. SING.

yjiHija (street)

yjiffljeii
(or yjinijeio

ulyitsei
ulyitseyu)

Masculine nouns with nominative singular in -3KT>, -*te>,
-nn,, -mt, and feminine nouns with nominative singular in
-5Ka, -*ia, -ma, -ma have instrumental singular in -owl,
-oh when the ending is accented, and in -eMT», -en when
it is not (nevertheless the masculine accented ending is
still often written -eMT>, of course pronounced -omt>, because
e after jk, h, m, m; becomes o), e.g. :

NOM. SING. INST. SING.

k;jiio*i6mi> *

KJIKHeMT)

KJIIOTb

klyuchom

H05KI>

CBi^a

HOEKOMT.
H03KeMT> j

J CB^HOH
[ CBiHOK)

nazhom

sv(y)echoi
sv(y)echoyu

174 INSTRUMENTAL OF SUBSTANTIVES

NOM. SING. INST. SING.

aKHnaact BKunajKeivrb ekipazhem

HBaHOBHq'B

or HBaHBiqt
Kajioma

T , , . HBaHOBH^eM'L

• Ivanych1 TT t

J or HBaHLraeMT>

Ivanychem

= son of Ivan

f Kajiomeii kaloshei

I KaJiomeio kalosheyu

Masculine surnames in -obi,, -eBT, and -hhi> have the
instrumental singular in -uwb, like adjectives : Typre-
HeBHMt, JlepMOHTOBHM'L, IlymKHHHM'L ; feminine surnames
in -OBa, -eBa, -HHa have -oh.

Feminine nouns with nominative singular in -b have
instrumental singular in -lio (sometimes spelt -iio), e.g. :
jiomaflBio loshadyu njepKOBbio ts(y)eirkavyu

Bemtio vye^hchyu MaTeptio matyeryu

AO^eptio docheryu

The masculine noun ujTh=way9 means, which is other-
wise declined exactly like Jioina^b, has instrumental
singular :

nyreMi. ( = by means of) putyom

Neuter nouns in -a have instrumental singular in
-eiieM^, e.g. :

BpeMeHeMTb vr(y)eimenyem

raeHeM'L ( =by name) imenyem

The instrumental plural of all nouns, pronouns, and
adjectives without exception ends in -mh.

1 Patronymics are in talking always ruthlessly thus abbreviated.

INSTEUMENTAL OF SUBSTANTIVES
The instrumental plural endings are :

I Masculine I
Neuter r -aMH
Feminine I

{Masculine ]
Neuter [ -hmh
Feminine )

175

Examples

Hard

Nouns

IMara3HHaMH
6njieTaMH
CTOJiaMH

f M^CTaMH

Neuter \ cejiaMH

( 66m;ecTBaMH

( 6a6aMH
I Feminine \ KOMHaTaMH

I H36aMH

( aBT0M06HJIHMH

( Masculine \ cjiy^iaaMH

( COJIOBBHMH

Soft

Nouns \

Neuter

InOJIHMH
pyjKBHMH
HMtHiHMH

IHefltjIflMH
cxaTtaMH
apMiaMH

176 INSTEUMENTAL OF SUBSTANTIVES

The instrumental plural of all the words of which the
genitive plural has been specially given is perfectly normal,
viz. -aMH or -aMH, according to whether the noun is hard
or soft ; it can always be recognized by the ending -mh.

The following may be specially mentioned :

CTjmaMH

flepeBbHMH

SpaTBHMH

yniaMH

CBIHOBBaMH

qyflecaMH

^py3BaMH

njie^aMH

COcfeftaMH

KOJiiiraMH

Feminine nouns with nominative singular in -b have

instrumental plural in -aMH, though some can also have
-bmh, e.g. :

jiomaflBMH lashad'mi

or JiomaflHMH lashadyami

^o^epBMH dacher'mi

or AO^epaMH dacheryami

± \ have only

ftTBTH l

jho^bmh lyud'mi
A^tbmh dyet'mi

Those ending in -jkb, -hb, -hib, -hjb have -aMH, e.g. :

BenjaMH v(y)eshchami

also

ii,epKBaMH ts(y)erkvami

Neuter nouns in -a have instrumental plural in -eHaMH,
e.g.:

BpeMeH&MH vr(y)emenami

177

CHAPTER 55

THE INSTRUMENTAL
Pronouns

mhoII {or mhoh)) mnoi (mnoyu)

to66h {or to66io)

M. N. HMT> 1

F. eii {or eio) x

taboi (taboyu)

yim

yei (yeyu)

HaMH

nami

BaMH

vami

HMH *

yimi

co66h {or C06610)

saboi (saboyu)

SINGULAR

PLURAL

M. N. MoAwb mayim

F. Moefi {or Moeio) mayei

M. N. tbohmt> tvayim

F. TBoeii {or TBoeio) tvayei

M. N. HamHMTb nashym )

F. Hameii {or Hameio) nashei J

M. N. BamHMi» vashym ) ,

™ „ , , v , , . \ BamHMH

F. Bainen (or Bameio) vasnei J

MOHMH

TB0HMH

HaniHMH

mayimi
tvayimi
nashymi
vashymi

CBOHMH

svayimi

M. N. cbohm^ svayim

F. CBoeii {or CBoeio) svayei

M. F. icem^ kyeam

N. *iiwb ch(y)eam

1 When governed by a preposition these words assume initial H,

e.g. CT> HHMT>, CT> Heft, CT> HHMH.
1809 N

178 INSTEUMENTAL OP PEONOUNS

SINGULAR PLURAL

M.
F.

N.

IBHMt

iLeii (or qteio)

chyim
chyei

*IBHMH

chyimi

M.
F.

N.

3THM1>

9T0H 1 (or &TOK))

eHyim
eatoi *

3THMH

e^yimi

M.
F.

N,

CaMHMt

caMOH (or caMoio)

samim
samoi

- CaMHMH

samimi

M.

N,

OflHHMt

adnyim

OflHHMH

adnyimi

F.

OflHOH (or OflHOK))

adnoi

O^H^MH

adnyehni

M.
F.

N.

TOH (or TOK))

tyeam
toi

• T^MH

ty^mi

M.
F.

N.

BC^M^

Bceit (or Bceio)

fsyeam
fsyei

• BC^MH

fsy^mi

CHAPTER 5

6

THE INSTRUMENT

'AL

Adjectives

SINGULAR

PLURAL

M. N. KpaCHBLUVTB

_ , „ i , ^ \ KpaCHBLIMH

F. KpaCHBOH^Or-OK)) J

M. N. CHHEMTB

F. CHHeft (or -eio)

M. N. MOJIOflLIM'B

F. mojio^oh (or -OK))

M. N. BBICOKHMt

F. BBICOKOH 1 (or -OK))

1 This -oft in rapid speech sounds like -h.

CHHHMH

MOJIORBIMH

BBICOKHMH

INSTEUMENTAL OF ADJECTIVES 179

SINGULAR PLURAL

M. N. floporHM^

F. floporon (or -610)

M. N. xopomHM'L

F. xopomeii (or -eio)

M. N. 6oJibmHMr&

F. 6ojn>m6it (or -6k>)

^oporHMH
xopomHMH

603IbmHMH

CHAPTER 57

USES OF THE INSTRUMENTAL

The instrumental is used as a rule to indicate the agent
by whom or the instrument by which anything is done :

KiMfc 9Ta KHHra HairacaHa ? (past participle passive)
by whom was this booh written ?

K^Wb 3T0 6bljio CKa3aH0 ?
by whom was this said ?

wbwh oHt 6tijr& y6nTrB ?
by what was he killed ?

vfewb 9to 6hjio cji,ijiaHO ?
by what was this done t

owb 6hjt& y6irrb cbo6h SKeHoii
he was killed by his own wife

3T0 6LLJIO Cfl^JiaHO HOJKeMfc

that was done by a knife

nfcwh 6oraTbi, ri&Mfc h paflH

what we are rich in, that we will gladly give (proverb)

N 2

180 USES OF THE INSTEUMENTAL

A very common and, to the foreigner, puzzling use of
this case is that known as the ' predicative ' ; when a con-
dition or position, usually of a temporary, accidental, or
hypothetical kind, is indicated in the past or the future,
the predicate, if a substantive, is very frequently put in
the instrumental, e.g. :

Kor,n,a a 6hjt& MajitraKOM'L =when I was a boy

6yjsj> Moeft 5KeH6io \-bemy wife !

si HHKor,o;a He 6yny ero 5KeH6io
I will never be his wife

npHTOHOio ero 6ojtIj3hh 6tuia npocTy.ua
the cause of his illness was a chill

owb B£\)x6m>=he is on horseback (lit. he is the upper
part, nom. Bepxi»)

The instrumental is used to indicate times and seasons
as follows :

MH 6tIJIH TaMTE> BeCHOH

we were there in the spring

jrfcroM'B mli 6fnewb y ce6a ^6Ma

in the summer we shall be at our own home

oceHbio 0Ha 6HJia o^eHb 6ojn>Ha
in the autumn she was very ill

3hmoh ohh Bcer;n;a 3a rpaHmjeii
in winter they are always abroad

but N.B. 3Ty BecHy, 9to jrfcro, 3Ty oceHb and 3Ty 3HMy
in the accusative.

B^epa Be^epoM'L OHa 6bDia y Hac^
yesterday evening she came to see us

USES OP THE INSTEUMENTAL 181

ceroflira yTpoMT> a 6biJTb y Her6
this morning I went to see him

ceroflHH ^HeMt He Cyders npe^CTaBJieHia

this afternoon (lit. by day) there will be no performance

3aBTpa BeiepoMt SyneTi) npe^CTaBJieme ?

will there be a performance to-morrow evening ?

ceroftHa BenepoM'L 6*ieHB xopomiii KOHijeprB
this evening there is a very good concert

CHAPTER 58

PREPOSITIONS WHICH GOVERN THE INSTRUMENTAL

3a, = behind

OHH y5Ke 3a CTOflOMTb

they are already at table

3a flOMOMt ecTb cas'L

behind the house there is a garden

saniwh bh 3j^Gh ?

why are you here ? (lit. behind what, after what, for what)

OHa 3a-My^ceMi»

she is married (lit. is behind a husband)

OHa flaBHo y^ce sa-My^ceMTb

she has been married a long while already

3a wkwb OHa sa-My^eMt ?
to whom is she married ?

3a wwb = to him (h inserted after preposition, cf. p, 177)

182 PEEPOSITIONS EEQUIEING INSTRUMENTAL

OHa 3a-MpKeMrB 3a aHrjiiraaHHHOM'L
she is married to an Englishman

ea CTapmaa cecTpa 3a-My3KeMrB 3a $paHu,y30Mi>
her elder sister is married to a Frenchman

ea MJiaflmaa cecTpa sa-MpKeMt 3a pyccKHMt
her younger sister is married to a Russian

ea ;n;o*n> 3a-My5KeMi> 3a aMepHKamjeMfc
her daughter is married to an American

ohh TenepB 3a rpaHHijeH

they are now abroad (lit. beyond the frontier)

ohi> flaBHo jme 3a rpaHinjeii

he has been (lit. is) abroad already long since

mh sflict KaKi» y XpncTa 3a na3yxoii
we are in clover here (lit. as in Christ's breast-pocket —
a proverb)

hoa'l = under
Ha^Tb = above

(before most words beginning with two consonants written
no,a;o, Ha,o;o)

Ha^o-MHoit He6o, noAO-MHoii 3eMJia
above me is the sky, under me the earth

coSaKa noflfc ctoji6m£
the dog is under the table

uojj^ CTOJiOMt cooaica

there is a dog under the table

PEEPOSITIONS EEQUIEING INSTEUMENTAL 183

nepeji.'L = in front of, before

(before most words beginning with two consonants written
nepe,q;o)

3a mhoh JiicL, nepe/jo mhoh Mope

behind me is the forest, in front of me the sea

nepeflfc ^omom^ yjiinja, a 3a yjiHU.en p&ca

before the house is the street, and beyond the street the river

nepers* cejiOM^ py^eii, a 3a py^teMt nojie

in front of the village is a stream, and behind the stream afield

nepers, dthm^ oHa 6biJia 3a rpaHHijeH
before this she was abroad

a. 6hjte> Gojieirb nepe,p» t4ml
I was ill before that

M&Kfly ^between

M&K,a,y j4.Hrjiieii h (Dpamjieii — Mope
between England and France is the sea

Meac^y niBeHijapieH h Hiajiiei: — Ajimh
between Switzerland and Italy are the Alps

Me3K/j,y Poccien ii CnfiiipLio — ypara

between Bussia and Siberia are the Ural Mountains

CDnHJiaH^ia MesK^y Poccieii h HlBei4eii
Finland is between Bussia and Sweden

BoiiHa MesK^y Poccien h TypijieH
the war between Bussia and Turkey

184 PBEPOSITIONS REQUIRING INSTRUMENTAL

(before most words beginning with two consonants written
co)

1T0 CI> BaMH ?

what is (the matter) with you ?

mraero co mhoh Hfoi»

there is nothing the matter with me

co mhoh ftypno
I feel bad

CI) K^Wh BH 6HJIH TaMt ? "

with whom were yon there ?

ct> mohmt> flpyroMt
with my friend

a He-6LiJTL hh ct> k^mi,
I was not with any one

qan c& caxapoM-L h ct> jihmohom'l
tea with sugar and lemon

KO$e CL MOJIOKOM'B H CO CJIHBKaMH

coffee with milk and cream

xjrk6i> ob MacjiOMt
bread and butter

nHpOJKKH Ct MHC0MT>

little pies with meat (in them)

y MeHa ct> coooH nannpocL H^rt

I have no cigarettes on me (lit. with myself)

y Te6a fleHbrn ct> co66h ecTb ?
ftcwe i/ow any money on you ?

185
CHAPTER 59

THE LOCATIVE
General use

The locative case is only used after the five preposi
tions :

bi> (or bo) =m

Ha = on

o (or 061) or 060) = about, concerning
( in the presence of

iron

in the time of
in addition to
in spite of
no = after

It can never be used except when preceded by one of
these prepositions (some of which, it must be remembered,
take other cases as well) ; hence it is fairly easily to be
recognized ; hence, too, it is sometimes called the pre-
positional case.

Substantives

The locative singular endings are :
Masculine ]
Feminine r -i
Neuter )

for both hard and soft nouns ; but

masculine nouns ending in -in (-i)
feminine nouns ending in -in (-iya)
and neuter nouns ending in -ie (-iye)

all have locative singular in -in (-iyi)

186

LOCATIVE OP SUBSTANTIVES

Examples :

IBfc Mara3HHi
Ha 6iuieTi
Ha CTOJii

Hard .

Nouns \

I Ha Midi
bt> oSn^ecTBi

[ o SaSi
k Feminine -j bt> KOMHarf*

1 BT> H36i

f BT> aBTOMOfiHJrfe

MasculineJ00^^,

O COJIOBL'B

V o BacHJiin

Soft /
Nouns \ Neuter

Ha nojii
Bt pyncbi
bi> Minima

L Bi POCCIH

vmagazinye
nabily^tye
nastalye

namye^tye

fs(y)elye

vopshchestv(y)e

ababye

fkomnatye

vizbye

vaftamabilye
ashichaye
asalavye
avasilyi

napolye
vruzhye
vimy^nyiyi
vrassiyi

' o neftini
y Feminine - bt> CTaTbi
( bt> apMin

Masculine nouns which contain e or o

anyedy^lye

fstatye

varmiyi

in the last

syllable of the nominative singular and lose it throughout
the rest of the declension :

NOM. SING. LOC. SING.

K0HeH,1> Ha KOHIji

nocojn> o nocjii

Hard Nouns

Soft Nouns

neHB
oroHb

o ah*
bt> onii

LOCATIVE OF SUBSTANTIVES

187

A large number of masculine nouns have a locative
singular in -y (if hard) and in -10 (if soft) when used with
the prepositions B1) = {n

Ha = ow

This form of the locative singular always has the accent
on the end.

These nouns are mostly of one syllable (at most two)
in the nom. sing., e.g. :

NOM. SING.

LOC. SING.

6eperb b(y)eirek shore

Ha 6epery naberegii

6oK,h bok side

Ha 6oKy nabaku

Bepxi vy^rkh top

Ha Bepxy nav(y)erkhu

B03i> vos cart

Ha B03y navazu

roflt got year

bi> ro;n,y vgadu

Kpaii krai edge

Ha Kpaio nakrayii

KpHMt krym Crimea

bi> KpHMy fkrymii

Jiyra luk meadow

Ha Jiyry nalugu

jrfcab lyeas forest

bt> jrfecy vlyesii

MOCTt most bridge

Ha MOCTy namastii

nom pol floor

Ha nojiy napalii

paflfc ryat row

Ha pa,o;y naryadu

ca^i» sat garden

bt> ca^y fsadii

CH'fcr'b snyeak snow

bt> CH'fery fsnyegii

yrojra ugal corner

bi> yrjiy vuglu

iaci> chas hour

B'L iacy f chasii

mKant shkap cupboard

bi» micany f shkapii

and many

others.

Notice especially

jieflfc lyot ice

Ha JiBfly nal'du

poTi> rot mouth

bo pTy vartii

•^u^ : KHHra O KpLIM^

a book about the Crimea

188 LOCATIVE OF SUBSTANTIVES

Feminine surnames in -OBa, -eBa, -iraa have loc. sing,
in -oft, like the adjectives :

o IlaBJioBOH, ApceHteBoft, KapcaBiraoft

Feminine nouns with nominative singular in -h have
locative singular in -h.

NOM. SING. LOC. SING.

jiomaflB Ha jiomaAH 1 naloshadyi

Benns B£ Benpi vv(y)eishchi

ii;epKOBB bt> ijepKBii fts(y)6irkvi

MaTb npn M&repn primatyeri

;n;o*n> npn ftoiepn prid6cheri

Neuter nouns ending in -a have locative singular in
-eHH,

NOM. SING. LOC. SING.

BpeMH o BpeMeHH avr(y)eimenyi

The locative plural of all nouns, pronouns, and adjec-
tives (except that of two pronouns) ends in -xt.
The locative plural endings are :

I Masculine ]
Neuter r -axt
Feminine j

' Masculine
Neuter
k Feminine

-axt

Soft -

1 = on the horse, not on horseback, cf. p. 180.

LOCATIVE OF SUBSTANTIVES

189

Examples :

Hard

Nouns

Ibi> MarasHHax^
Ha 6mieTaxfc
Ha CTOJiaxt

Neuter

Feminine

bi> MicTax-L
Wb cejiaxt
. bt> 66m;ecTBax'L

o 6a6axi»
bt> K6MHaTaxt
i bt. nsSaxTb

( b^ aBTOMo6Hjiaxrb
f Masculine j b'l cjiygaaxi*

( O COJIOBLaXT*

Soft

Nouns

J Neuter

Ha nojiaxrb
Biy pyacbaxt
bt» HMfeiaxt

[ o He.o.'fejiax^
{ Feminine \ Wb CTaTBax'b
( Bt apMiaxt

Feminine nouns with nominative singular in -h have
locative plural in -hxi>:

. SING.

NOM. PLUR.

LOC. PLUR.

jiomaflB

jioina^H

Ha Jiomaflaxt 1

flora

fto^epu

o flo^epaxt

[ffHTa] ^

iH^TM

npn flfaax'B

[qejiOB'liK'L]

JIIOflH

npn jiioahxi*

1 This phrase means : by carriage, driving.

190

LOCATIVE OP SUBSTANTIVES

But those ending in -act, -it, -mt, -mi> have -axT>, e.j

NOM. SING. NOM. PLUR. LOC. PLUR.

Benjt Bem;H bt> Bemax'b

also ijepKOBt u;epKBH bi i^epKBaxt

Neuter nouns in -h have loc. plur. in -eHax'B, e.g. :

NOM. SING. NOM. PLUR. LOC. PLUR.

BpeMfl

BpeMeHa

o BpeMeHaxt

060 mh4
0 Te64
0 HeM£ *
0 Heft1

0 Haob
0 Bact

O HHX'L1

0 ce6i

Masc.
Neut.
Fern.

Masc.
Neut.
Fern.

CHAPTER 60

THE LOCATIVE

Pronouns

abamnye = about me
atyebye = about thee
any6m = about him, or it
= about her

anyei

anas
avas
anyikh

as(y)ebye = about oneself

= about us
= about you
= about them

SINGULAR

0 MoeMi* amayom
0 Mo6it amayei

0 TBoeMt atvayom
0 TBoeft atvayei

PLURAL

0 MOiixt amayikh

-* about my

0 tbohxi» atvayikh
about thy

1 These three forms of the pronoun never occur without the
initial H, being always preceded by a preposition.

LOCATIVE OF PEONOUNS 191

SINGULAR PLURAL

j- / [ o Hamem anashem I o Hanraxt anashykh

™ , e * . j about our

Fern, o Hamen anasnei j

Masc
Neut.

o BameMt avashem I o BanraxL avashykh

Fern, o Bamen avashei ) r

Masc
Neut,
Fern, o CBoeit asvayei

Masc

o CBoeM^ asvayom I o cbohxl asvayikh
about one's own

i o koml akom= about whom
Fern.

Neut. o *iewb ach(y)6m = about what

SINGULAR PLURAL

Masc.
Neut.
Fern. B'L %eii fchyei

B'B qteMt fchyom [ b^ qLHXL fchyikh

in whose

bl o^homl vadnom bl ojuhhxl vadnyikh
Fern, b-l oflHoii vadnoi B'L oah^xl vadnyeakh

in one, %n some
• bt» caMOM^ fsamom ! Bt caMiixL fsamikh

Masc

„ ' ' ,„ „ ,. [in -self, -selves

Fern. B^ caMOH fsamoi ) J

Masc.
Neut.

„ , , ,a, ) oS'L BTHxt abe'tyikh

• o6t 3toml abeatam , ,A% ., • '

r about this, that, these,

Fern. o6l btoh x ab6atoi * ) or those
1 This -oft in rapid speech sounds like -H.

192

LOCATIVE OF PEONOUNS

SINGULAR

Masc. )

Neut. j B1> T0M* ftom

Fern, kb to# ftoi

Masc. )

Neut J B0 BcgM1> va%°m

Fern, bo Bceft vafsyei

PLURAL

I BtTfe, ftyeakh
r in that yonder, in the
) former

I bo Bcfext vafsyeakh
in the whole, in all

Masc.
Neut.
Fern.

Masc.
Neut.
Fern.

CHAPTER 61

THE LOCATIVE
Adjectives

Hard

Singular

O KpaCHBOMt
O KpaCHBOH 1

Soft

Plural

O KpaCHBLIX^

BTE> CHHeMT,

Bi) CHHeit

BT> CHHHXt

Hard (accent on termination)

Masc. ) , )

Neut. j ° MOJIO*omj o Moaoaiteb

Fern, o mojio^oh j

1 This -oh in rapid speech sounds like -bl

Masc,
Neut. ,
Fern.

Neut.
Fern.

Plural

Ha BblCOKHXt

LOCATIVE OF ADJECTIVES

Stem in k r x

Singular

Ha BblCOKOM'b

Ha BbicoKoii 1 j

Same, with accent on termination

Masc

o ffoporoM* i 0 AOporte

o Aoporon j

Stem in jk h hi m

193

Masc.
Neut.
Fern.

Bfc xoponieML
Bt xoponieii j
Same, with accent on termination

• BT> dOJIblHOlVTb
Bt 60JIbHI0H

Masc.
Neut.
Fam.

Bt XOpOHIHX'b

Bl, OoJIbHIHX'b

CHAPTER 62

EXAMPLES OF THE USE OF THE LOCATIVE WITH
THE PREPOSITIONS

B£ (or bo)
Bt *ieMT> a^jio ? = what is the matter f (lit. in what is the

business)
fleHbrn 6hjih y mchh 2 Wb KouiejibK'l
the money was in my purse

1 This -oft in rapid speech sounds like -H.

2 This is better than saying Bt MoeMt KOinejibK'B.
1809 O

194 PBEPOSITIONS REQUIRING LOCATIVE

a KoinejieKi, 6bun> y MeHa b-l KapMaHi
and the purse was in my pocket

a Tenept ero TaMT> h^tt,
and now it isn't there

nacnoprt 6biJTb y Meim Bt ^pyroMt KapMairfc
the passport was in my other pocket

h ero TOJKe Hin>

and that isn't (there) either (lit. also)

6njieTH 6hjih y MeHa bi> Tp&rbeivrb KapMaHi
I had the tickets in a third pocket

h Tenepb RzbKe hxt> TaMTb H^T-b
and now not even they are there

bi> 9tomt> nois^i o^eHL MHoro Hapo^y
in this train there are a lot of people

bt> TeaTpi cero^HH o^eHb Mano Hapo^y

in the theatre there are very few people to-day

bi> Bainen KBapTHpi Bcer^a Temio
in your flat it is always warm

Moa HeB^CTa Tenept bi> JIoHAOHi
my fiancee is now in London

moh ^KeHHX'L Tenept bt» Mockb4
my fiance is now in Moscow

BT> 3TOMT> TOpO^i H^TT) XOpOUieil rOCTHHHIJbl

in this town there is no good hotel

bt> aTOMT. cejii ecTb o^eHb KpacHBaa u,epKOBb
in this village there is a very beautiful church

bt> 9tomt> pecTopaHi Beer#a MHoro Hapoay

in this restaurant there are always a lot of people

PEEPOSITIONS EEQUIEING LOCATIVE 195

moh cecTpa b^ ca,ny = ?m/ sister is in the garden
Molt 6parB bi> Jiicy = my brother is in the forest

B% Cafly MHOrO IJ.B'fcTOB'B

in the garden there are many flowers

bb Jiicy MHoro rpH6oBi>

in the forest there are many mushrooms

BB 3T0M1> TOftf MBI 6bIJIH Bt KpBIMy

this year we have been in the Crimea

oin> Beet BTb nhiJiA = he is all covered with dust

OHa Bca bt> rpa3H =■ she is all covered with mud

Bci moh BemH bb uiKany

all my things are in the cupboard

bi> kotopom'b Hacy
at what o'clock ?

nacti TaMt m yray

the clock is there in the corner

1TO-TO BT> dTOWh po^

something in this style

dtot'l ca^t bt> po/vk Hainero

this garden is like ours (in the kind of)

B'B H^KOTOpOMt pOfli

in a certain way, to some extent

b'b H^KOTopBix^ MicTax-B ecTB jrfeca, a bi> ftpyriix'B nojia
in some places there are forests and in others fields

bbi 6bijih Korjja-HnSyflB bb PoccIh ?
have you ever been in Russia 1

a bt> Aurjiin bi> nepBBiii paa'B
I am in England for the first time

o 2

196 PKEPOSITIONS EEQUIEING LOCATIVE

Ha 9tomi> napoxo/vfc H-frra Sojitine Mida
there is no more room on this steamer

Ha btoh ynmsfe oneHb xopomie Mara3HHH
in this street there are very good shops

boti> Hann> homs. Ha btoh yjiniji
here is our house in this street

Hamn a^th Ha depery Mopa
our children are at the seaside

bli 6hjih B^epa Ha btomt> KOHijeprfe
were you at that concert yesterday ?

Ha btomt> nofefli ecTL BaroHT^pecTopaHt
on this train there is a restaurant-car

Ha 3Toft CTaHD,iH eari> xoponiin 6y$eTT>

at this station there is a good refreshment-room

Bania KOMHaTa Ha nepBOMi>, btqpomt>, TpeTbeMt hjih leTBep-

TOWb BTaaci ?
is your room on the first, second, third, or fourth floor ?

Ha #Bopi = <m£ of doors (lit. on the yard)

Ha flBopi ceroflHa chjibhhh Mopost

out of doors to-day there is a strong frost

ohh Tenept Ha KaBKa&i
they are now in the Caucasus

IleTporpaAfc Ha Heni^Petrograd is on the Neva

MocKBa Ha MocKB't-piK'l = Moscow is on the Moscow river

BapuiaBa Ha Bacni = Warsaw is on the Vistula

Pnra Ha JJpmi'h^Biga is on the Dvina

PEEPOSITIONS EEQUIEING LOCATIVE 197
KieBt Ha .Hjrimpi =Kiev is on the Dnieper
HoBropoiHT* Ha BojixoB'fe = Novgorod is on the Volkhov

HHJKHiii-HoBropoflT. Ha Bojirfe = Nizhni-Novgorod is on the
Volga

PocTOB'B-Ha-^OHy == Bostov-on-the-Don

Ha ROM'S oh^ ^KeHaTt ?
to whom is he married ?

ohi> aceHa/rb Ha pyccKoft
he is married to a Bussian

oht. 6hjfb jKeHaTt Ha aHrjinqaHK'k
he was married to an Englishwoman

co6aKa Ha nojiy, a Konma Ha CTyjrfc

the dog is on the floor, and the cat is on the chair

na nojiy co6aKa, a Ha CTyjrfc KomKa

on the floor there is a dog, and on the chair there is a cat

Ha MOCTy 6bijtl aBTOMo6njiB, a Ha aBTOMo6nJii Slijtl *ieMo;n;aHr&
on the bridge there was a motor-car and on the motor-car
was a trunk

Ha btom'b nojrfc 6hjio BticoKoe ;n,epeBo, a Ha RepeBi 6mia

GojiBinaa nTHi];a
in this field was a tall tree, and on the tree there was a big bird

na He6i ceroftHfl MHoro oSjiaKOB^

in the sky to-day there are many clouds

y hhxi> Ha CT^Haxt MHoro KapTHHl.
there are many pictures on their walls

raaeTa Ha ctoji^, a mypHajrb Ha flHB&H'k

the newspaper is on the table, and the magazine is on the sofa

198 PKEPOSITIONS EEQUIEING LOCATIVE

o = about

(06^ before words beginning with a vowel, occasionally
060 before some words beginning with two consonants)

CKaJKHTe MHi 06t 3T0MT,

tell me about this

0 ^ewb 9Ta m>eca ?
what is this play about ?

ecTt CTaTba bt> Hobomt* BpeMemi ceroflmt 06^ Anrjiin
there is an article in the Ndvoye Vremya to-day about
England

bt> PyccKOMt Cjiob^ B^epa 6tma oqeHB xopoman CTaTta

0 JlBBi HHKOJiaeBH^i ToJICTOMfc

in the Busskoye Slovo yesterday there was a very good article
about Leo Nikolayevich Tolstoi

npn = in the presence of, in the time of

npn IleTpi BejiiiKOM'B = in the time of Peter the Great

npn EKaTepHHi BejiHKoii = in the time of Catherine the Great

3T0 6hjio npn mh4 = that was in my presence (or, in my time,

1 was there then)

npn tomT) = in addition to that

npn newb = in addition to which

npn BceMt tomt> = in spite of all that

npn komt> ? = in whose presence ?

npn Bcfcxt = in the presence of all

9to He npn *ieMi> = that has nothing to do with it

ohs> sjtfach He npn HeMi> = this doesn't concern him

PREPOSITIONS REQUIRING LOCATIVE 199

no = after

iiotom'& = then, thereupon

no vewb ? = at what price are ? (cf. pp. 163, 170-1)
no *iewh hSjiokh ? = how much are the apples each ?
no MoeMt npifefl'li (nom. npife^) = after my arrival
no ero OT'bfeft'fe (nom. OTT>rksRrb) = after his departure
no HameMfc B03BpamemH = after our return
no ieMi> bli 3HaeTe ? = how do you know ?
no nojiyflHH = in the afternoon

INDEX OP WORDS AND PHRASES

a great deal 1 1

about (approximately) 147

— (concerning) 185-93, 198
above 182

abroad 180, 182

according to 163

account 170

acquaintance 80

across 171

act 101

addition (in — to) 185, 198-9

address 40, 64

advantageous 156

affair 46

after 147, 198-9

afternoon 147, 181, 199

afterwards 147, 198

again 11, 16

ago 162

— (long), v. long since
all 57, 65

all right 7, 17; 155

alone 56, 69

along 163

alongside 147

already 9, 1 1 and passim

also 11, 15

always 10. 16

ambassador 35

amiable 75

amusing 75

and 10 and passim

and so forth 129

ancient 78

angry 22

animal 80, 131

annoyed 22

another 84

— time 169

any 83, 87

anyhow ( = somehow or other)

13
any one 86
anything 86
any time 13
anywhere 12
apple 5, 37, 93, 108
apple-tree 133
are, v. is
arm 130
arm-chair 41
army 32
around 147
arrival 199
arshin 114-19, 161
article (newspaper) 32, 100
artist 101
as 12

as much 11
ass, v. donkey
astonishing 75
at (table) 181
at (what price) 163, 170,

198-9
at (the rate of) 163, 170, 198-9
at (-o'clock) 119-20, 169, 194
at (the house of) 142
at all (not) 11, 18
at home 15, 16
attractive 75
aunt 58
au revoir 12
author 101

automobile, v. motor-car
autumn 47, 180
autumn (adj.) 78
avenue 40
awful 76

INDEX OF WOED8 AND PHEASES 201

bachelor 80

back (adj.) 74

back (subst.) 130

back(-wards) 162

back of head 129

bad 75

bad (I feel) 155

bad (it is) 17, 19

bad (for the health) 20

baker's 39

bank (building) 39

bank (shore) 45

barley 133

barrier 40

basin 41

bath 41

bathing-place 45

bath- room 40

baths 39

be (can it— that ?) 12

be (to) 27

beans 107

bear 132

beard 129

beast 131

beautiful 70, 75

because 163

bed 41

bed (in garden) 133

bedding 41, 44

bedroom 40

bedstead 41

be 132

beef 106

been 28

beer 9, 108

beetroot 107

before 144, 183

beginning 45

behind 181

belfry 39

bell (church-) 39

bell (house-, room-) 40

belt 160

bench 41

berry 108

besides 147

better (it is) 17, 19, 122,

155
between 183
big 71, 73, 81
bigger 73
biggest 87
bill 45

birch- tree 133
bird 132
biscuits 108
bit 109
bitter 77
black 77

blame (to be to) 23
blanket 41
blind 76
blinds 42
blood 130
blossom 133
blotting-paper 42
blouse 160
blue (dark) 70, 78
blue (light) 78
boat (rowing-) 45
body 8, 129
boiled egg 107
boiling water 108, 113
bone 130
book 42
boots 159
bored 156
boring 76

both . . . and ... 10
bottle 43
boulevard 40
box 41
boy 6, 36, 61
braces 160
brandy 109
bread 106

breakfast, v. tea, coffee
breeches 159
brick 40
bridge 40
bright 78

202 INDEX OP WOEDS AND PHEASES

bring me 158, 166

broad 74

brother 37, 58, 95

brown 77

brush 161

buckle 160

buckwheat 133

bug 133

building 38

business 46

but 10, 11, 15 and passim

butter 106

button 160

by (alongside) 147

by carriage 189

by means of 174

by name 174

by (whom, what) 179

cab 43

cabbage 107

cabin 45

cafe 39

calf 131

camel 131

can it be that ? 12

candle 36, 42

candle-stick 42

cane 160

cap 160

capital 46

car (motor-) 32

cards 101

carpet 41

carriage 36, 43

carriage (by) 189

carriage (railway-) 44

carrot 107

cart 187

case, v. incident

cat 131

cathedral 39

cauliflower 107

cause 180

caviar 106

ceiling 41

cellar 40
central 48

certain (a) 69, 82, 87
chair 37, 41, 95
change (coins) 44
chamber-pot 41
charcoal 42
charming 75
chauffeur 43
cheap 76

cheap (it is) 24, 26
cheek 129
cheese 106
chemist's 130
cherries 108
chess 101

chest of drawers 41
chicken 36, 107, 131
child 4, 33, 36, 58, 59
children 38, 58, 59, 96
chill 180
chimney 39
chin 129
chocolate 108
Christian 50
Christian name 54
church 33, 38
cigar 109
cigarette 109
class 44, 102
clean 76
clear 78
cloak-room 44
clock 42
cloth, v. towel
cloth (material) 160
cloth (table-) 41
clothes 160
cloud 48, 95
coach-house 40
coal 42
coarse 77
coat (fur) 159
cock 131
cockroach 133
coffee 108

INDEX OF WOEDS AND PHEASES 203

cognac 100
cold (subst.) 130
cold (it is) 24, 25
cold (I am) 154
cold (adj.) 77
collar 160
collection 100
colour 37, 95
comb 161
come 162
comfortable 76
coming (adj. ) 78
community 48
companion 59
company 32
company, v. visitor
compartment 44
complex 76
composition 100
concerning 185-93, 198
concert 101
concierge 43
confectioner's 39
consider (I) 163
consumption 130
content(ed) 22
continually 57
convenient 76
conversation 101
cool (it is) 24, 25
cool (adj.) 77
copper 45
cork 43
corkscrew 43
corner 41
corridor 44
costume 159
cough 130
Count 61
Countess 61
country 46
court-yard 39
cover (knife and fork) 43
cow 131
cream 106, 109
cucumber 107

cup 42
cupboard 41
currants 108
curtain 42
cushion 41
custom (habit) 46
custom-house 2, 38
cutlet 106

damp 77

dangerous (adj.) 76

dangerous (it is) 25, 27

dangerously 21

dark (it is) 24, 25

dark (colour) 77

dark (complexion) 78

darkness 48

dates 108

daughter 33, 58

dawn 47

day 8, 35, 46

day after to-morrow (the) 30

day before yesterday (the) 121

143
dav (to-) 10, 16, 30
deaf 76

deal (a great) 11
dear (adj.) 71, 75, 76
dear (my) 132

dear (expensive, it is) 24, 26
death 131
deck 45
deep 74
deer 132
degree 130
departure 199
depressed 156
desyatin 114-19
dictionary 101
difficult 76
dining-car 44
dining-room 40, 80
dinner 109
direct (adj.) 76
dirty 76
disagreeable 155

204 INDEX OP WOEDS AND PHEASES

disgusting 76

dish 43, 80

dislike (I — ) 158

displeased 22

displeases (it— me) 158

district 46

do (how do you — ) 12

doctor 130

aog 131

done 179

donkey 131

door 40

door (front—) 6, 39

doors (out of) 196

doubtful (it is — whether) 12

dough 107

dove 132

drawer 41

drawers (pants) 159

drawing-room 40, 80

dress 160

dress- coat 159

dressing-gown 159

driving 189

drought 133

dry 77

duck 5, 107

Duchess (Grand) 61

Duke (Grand) 61

dumb 76

during 169

dust 47

each 82

eagle 132

ear 37, 95, 129

early (it is) 24, 25

early {adj.) 78

earth 48

easier 125

east(ern) 48

easy 7, 76

edge 187

edition 100

egg 95, 107

either . . . or . . . 10, 14

elbow 130
elder 78, 88
elderly 78
eldest 88
electric light 42
elephant 131
elk 132

Emperor (the) 61
Empress (the) 61
empty 74
end 35, 45
engaged (it is) 25
enormous 73
enough 11, 23
enough (not) 11
envelope 42
especial 76
essential 76
establishment 39
etc. 129
even (adj.) 74
even (conj.) 11
evening 47
evening (adj.) 78
evening clothes 159
ever (at any time) lf.5
every 82, 84, 167
everything 8
everywhere 10
excellency 159
excellent 75
except 147
excuse (me) ! 12, 23
exists (there) 27
expensive, v. dear
expensive (adj.) 71, 76
exquisite 75
extra (adj.) 76
eye 35, 37, 93, 95, 129

face 129

factorv 39

faint 156

fair-haired 78

faith 101

far (it is) 25, 26, 128

INDEX OP WOEDS AND PHEASES 205

fare badly 156

fat 74

father 57, 58

fathom 45, 114-19

fence 39

festival 47

fever 130

few (a) 11

few (a — more) 113

few (how) 12

few (so) 12

few (some) 11

fiance(e) 59

field 32, 45

figs 108

fillet 106

fine 75

finger 130

fir 133

fire (flame, light) 35, 42

firm 77

first 82

fish 106, 132

flat 39

flaxen 78

flea 132

floor (of room) 6, 8, 41, 187

floor (story) 39, 196

flower(s) 37, 95, 133

flower-bed 133

fly 132

foal 131

fog 48

following (the) 74

foot 130

foot (ft.) 45

footwear 160

for (conj.) 11

for (prep.) 144

for (you) 154

forehead 6, 8, 129

forest 45

forget-me-not 133

forgive me 12, 158

fork 43

former (the) 57

former, v. first

former (previous) 78

formerly 13

forth (and so) 129

fortunate, v. happy

fowl 107

fox 132

free (adj.) 76

free (it is) 25

fresh 77

friend 37, 59, 95

frock-coat 159

frog 132

from (away from) 145

from (out of) 145

front (adj.) 74

front (in — of) 183

front door 6, 39

frontier 43

frost 47

fruit 93, 108

fuel 42

full 74

fur(s) 159

furniture 41

future (adj.) 78

gallery 39
galosh(es) 36, 159
game (to eat) 107
game (to play) 101
garden 133
garret 40
gate 39
gay, v. merry
general (adj.) 76
gentleman 60
girl (little) 36, 61, 94
give me 158, 166
glad 21, 22
glass (wine-) 43
glass (tumbler) 42
glasses, v. spectacles
gloves 160
gnat 132
goat 131

206 INDEX OP WOEDS AND PHEASES

God 7, 27

gold 45

good 71, 75

good (for the health) 20

good (it is) 18

good-bye 12

good time (in) 169

goose 107

gooseberries 108

granddaughter 58

Grand Duchess 61

Grand Duke 61

grandfather 58

grandmother 58

grandson 58

grapes 108

grass 133

gravy 106

gray-haired 78

great 73

great deal (a) 11

green 78

green vegetable 107

grey 77

grouse 107

guard 44

guest(s), v. visitor

gulf 46

gum 129

habit (custom) 46
hair 93, 129
hair-pin 160
hairdresser's 39
half 119-20
half an hour 119
half a rouble 44, 109
hall 40
ham 107
hamlet 46
hand 130
hand me 158
hand-bag 161
handkerchief 160
handle 42
happiness 101

happy 22, 76

hard 77

hare 132

harvest 133

hat 160

have (to) 134

have been 28

hay 133

he 13, 14, 55

head 129

health 130

healthy 76

heart 130

heathen 50

heating 44

heaven 37, 48, 95

heavy 76

heel 130

Heir- Apparent (the) 61

help (me) 158

hen 131

her 105, 165

here 3, 10

here is 11, 15

herring 132

herself (56), 68, 96

high 71, 74

high-road 40

hill 45

himself (56), 68, 96

hip 130

his 105

holdall 161

holiday 47

home (at) 15, 16

homewards 168

honey 8, 108

hope 101

horrid 75

horrid (it is) 18

hors d'oeuvre 106

horse 33, 131

horseback 180

hospital 38

host 60

hostess 60

INDEX OP WORDS AND PHRASES 207

hot (adj.) 77

into 168

hot (I am) 154

iron 45

hot (it is) 24, 25

is 3, 13, 27

hotel 38, 128, 168

island 45

hound 131

it 13, 14, 55

hour 47, 114-19

itself (56), 68, 96

hour (at what) 169

•

house 8, 35, 39, 168

jacket 159, 160

house (at the — of) 142

jam 107

how 12

joint 106

how do you do 12

judge 33

how few 12

jug 41

how little, v. what a

little

how many 11

key 5, 36, 44, 94

how much 11, 198-9

kid 131

how old 161

killed 179

however 11

kind (adj.) 75

huge 73

kind (subst.) 108

hurry up ! 128

kind (of such a) 102

hurts (it) 156

kind (what, every) 82, 87

husband 7, 59

kind (no, some) 83

hut (peasant's) 32

king 61
kitchen 40

I 16, 55

kitchen garden 133

ice 8,

kitten 131

ice-cream 80, 108

knee 3, 37, 93, 130

ill 21

knife 36, 43, 94

illness 130

kopek 44, 114-19, 163, 170-1

immediately 166

kvas 109

impossible (it is) 12,

155

in 185-95

lad 61

in (addition to) 185,

198-9

lady 60

in (the possession of) 134-44

lake 5, 45

in (the presence of) 185, 198-9

lamb 131

in (the time of) 185,

198-9

lamp 42

in front of 183

lamp-shade 42

in good time 169

land, v. earth, country

incident 46

landing-stage 45, 128

inconvenient 76

language 101, 125

indispensable 144

lantern 42

inflammation 130

large 71, 73

ink 42

larger 73

ink-stand 42

largest 87

insect 80, 132

last (the) 74

instead of 147

last (adj.) 78

interesting 75

late (it is) 24, 25

208 INDEX OP WOKDS AND PHBASES

late {adj.) 78

lately 10, 17

latter (the) 57 ,

latter, v. last

laundry, v. wash

law 101

lay 170

left (adj.) 74

left (to the, on jfehe) 10

leg 130

lemon 108

lesson 101 *

letter 46

library 40

lid 43

life 9, 131

light (it is) 24, 25

light (colour) 77

light (weight) 76

light (the) 48

light (artificial) 42

lighting 44

like (I — ) 158

likewise 11

lilac (subst.) 133

lilac 78

linen 160

lining 160

link(s) 160

lion 104, 132

lip 129

literature 101

little 74, 81-2

little (a) 11

little (a — more) 113

little (but) 11

little (such a) 12

little (too), v. not enough

little (what a) 12

loaf 106

lobby 40

local 74

locality 67

long 74

long (a — way), v. far

long (not), v. lately

long ago, v. long since
long since 10, 17
longer (no) 11
look well, ill 136-7
lot (a) 11
lot (such a/ 12
lot (what a) 12
love 101
low 74
lower 74
luck (with) 13
lucky, v. happy
luggage 44, 112
lumber-room 40
lunch 109
lungs 130

Madam 61

magazine 100

magnificent 75

maid 60, 80

maize 133

malicious 75

man 33, 61, 62

many (how) 11, 112

many 11, 112

many thanks 154

market 39

marvel 37, 95

marvellous 75

many (so), v. so much

married (woman) 181-2

married (man) 197

master 60

match 42

matter (what is the) 184, 193

mattress 41

mauve 78

may I ? 155

may (one) 12

mayn't (one) 12, 155

meadow 7, 45, 187

means 44

means (by — of) 174

meat 106

medicine 130

INDEX OP WOEDS AND PHKASES 209

melon 108

merry 75

middle 45

middle (adj.) 74

milk 5, 109

mill (water-) 39

millet 133

minute 47, 114-20

mirror 41

miserable 75

Miss, Mr., Mrs., Messrs. 60

mistress 60

money 36, 44, 95

moneychanger's 44

monkey 132

month 46

moon 46, 48

more (em;e) 9, 11, 112

morning 47

morning (good), v. how do you do

morning (adj.) 78

mosquito 132

most (the) 87

mother 2, 33, 57, 58

motor-car 32, 43

mountain 45

moustache 129

mouth 8, 129

much 11

much (followed by a comparative,

e. g. better, worse) 18
much (as) 11
much (how) 11
much (so) 11
much (too) IV
mud 47
museum 39
mushroom 107
music 101
must 23
must (one) 12
mustard 106
mustn't (one) 12
mutton 106
my 4, 55, 62
myself (56), 68, 96

1809

nail 130

name (by — ) 174

napkin 43

narrow 74

nasty 75

near (it is) 25, 26, 128

near (prep.) 142, 147

nearly 11

necessary (it is) 12, 111

neck 129

necktie 160

need (I) 157

needle 160

neighbour 37, 95

neither . . . nor ... 10, 14

nest 3, 132

never 10

new 78

newest 87

newspaper 3, 100

newspaper article 32, 100

next (the) 74, 78

nice 71, 75

nice (it is) 17, 18

nice (to taste) 24, 26

night 46

nightingale 132

no 10, 13, 28

no longer 11, 110

no one 111

nor 10, 14

north(ern) 48

nose 8, 129

not 10, 13, 27 and passim

not at all 11

not enough 11

not in the least, v. not at all

not long, v. lately

not much, v. some

not nice (it is) 17

not nice (to taste) 24, 26

not quite 11, 21

not really ?, v. can it be that 1

not very 11

not yet 11

not (there is) 10, 27, 91

210 INDEX OP WOEDS AND PHEASES

note (money) 44
note-book 42
nothing 111
novel 100

now 10, 11, 15, 16, 25 and pas-
sim
nowhere 10

number (on anything) 45
nursery 40, 80
nursing-home 130

oak 133

oats 133

occupied (it is) 25

o'clock (at — ) 119-20, 169, 194

office 44

official 43

oil 106

old 78

oldest 87

old-fashioned 78

old (how) 161

old man 61

old woman 61

omelet 107

one 56, 69, 145

one's own 56, (105)

onion 107

only 11, 56

on 163, 168, 185-93, 196-7

on to 170

once 83

open (it is) 25, 26

open country 45

opinion 101, 163

or 10, 14 and passim

orange 108

orphan 139

orthodox 50

other 82

our 55, 63

ourselves (56), 68, 96

out of doors 196

overcoat 159

own (adj.) 56, 137-8

ox 131

pain 130

painter 101

painting 101

palace 39

pale 78

pants 159

paper 42

parents 58

pass (me) 158

passport 43

past (adj.) 78

pastry 107

path 133

patronymic 54

pavement 40

peace 4, 101

peaches 108

pear 108

peasant (man) 36, 62

peasant (woman) 32, 62

peasant's hut 32

pen 42

pencil 42

penholder 42

people 38, 96

people (the, a) 46

pepper 106

performance 101

permit me 158

person 129

piano 101

picture 101

pie 106, 107

piece 109

piece of luggage 67, 112

pig 131

pigeon 132

pillow 41

pillow-case 41

pin 160

pink (subst.) 133

pipe 109

place 32, 46

plain (clear) 78

plant 133

plate 43

INDEX OF WOEDS AND PHEASES 211

platform 44

play 101

pleasant 75

please 12

pleased 22

pleases (it — me) 158

pleasure 101

plum 108

pocket 161

pocket-book 161

poem 101

police (man) 43

police-court 43

poor 75, 76

poplar 133

poppy 133

pork 107

porter 43

portrait 41

possible (it is) 12

post-card 42, 171

post-office 39

potato 107

pound (lb.) 45, 114-19

presence (in the — of) 185, 198-9

present (adj.) 78

pretty 75

previous (the) 78

price 45

priest 60

priest's wife 60

Prince 61

Princess 61

profitable 156

property (land) 9, 32, 46

province 46

pud 45, 114-19

pupil 60

puppy 131

purse 161

put 170

quarter 119-20
quay 40
queen 61
quick 77

quiet 77
quilt 41
quite 11, 21
quite (not) 11, 21

rabbit 132

radish 107

railway 44

railway-carriage 44

rain 8, 47

ram 131

rapid 77

rare 74

raspberries 108

rather more, rather less 128

raw 77

razor 161

ready 23

ready (adj.) 76

really 11, 25, 26

reaping 133

receipt 44

red 78

red-haired 78

refreshment-room 38

region 46

regret 101

require (I) 157

restaurant 38

return 199

rich 76

rifle 32

right (adj.) 74

right (all) 7, 17

right (to be) 23

right (to the, on the) 10

ring 161

ripe 77

river 45

road 44

roast beef 106

Roman Catholic 50

room (a) 32, 40

room ( = place), v. place

rose 133

rouble 44, 80, 114-19

P 2

212 INDEX OF WOEDS AND PHEASES

rough 77
round 74
rowing-boat 45
rows (covered) 39
rude 77
rug 161
rye 133

sable 132

gad 76

safe (it is) 25, 27

safety pin 160

said 179

salmon 132

salt 5, 6, 8, 106

same (the) 88

sash 160

satisfied 22

sauce 106

saucer 42

sausage 107

school 39

scissors 160

scrambled eggs 107

screen 42

sea 5, 45

seat (in train etc.) 67

second 82

see (come and) 162

self 56, 68, 96

sentry 80

serious 23

seriously 21

servant 60

shall be 30

shallow 74

shawl 161

she 13, 14, 55

sheaf 133

sheep 8, 131

sheet 41

sheet (of paper) 42

shelf 41

shirt 159

shop 32, 39

shoes 159

shore 35, 45

short 74

short (a — way) v. near

should be 29

should have been 29

shoulder(s) 37, 93, 130

show me 158, 166

shrine 39

shut (it is) 25, 26

sick 76, 156

side 46, 187

sideboard 41

silver 45

simple 76

Sir 61

sister 58

skin 129

skirt 160

sky 8, 37, 48, 95

sledge 43

sleeping-car 44

sleeve(s) 160

slippers 159

slow 77

slower! 128

slush 8, 47

small change 44

small 73, 81-2

smaller 74

smallest 87

smooth 77

snake 132

snow 47

so 12

so few 12

so little, v. such a little

so many, v. so much

so much 11, 12

soap 41

society 32

socks 159

soda-water 113

sofa 41

soft 77

soldier 93

sole (of foot) 130

INDEX OF WOEDS AND PHEASES 213

some 11, 56, 69, 82, 83, 87, 112,

113
somehow 13
somehow or other 13
some one 86
something 86
some time 13
some time or other 13
sometimes 10
somewhere 12
somewhere or other 12
son 37, 58, 95
song 101
sorry (1 am) 166
sort (what, every) 82, 87
sort (no, some) 83
sort (subst.) 108
sort of 13
soul 129
soup 106
sour 77
south(ern) 48
Sovereign (the) 61
sparrow 132
sparse 74
spectacles 161
spinster 61
spirit 129
sponge 41
spoon 43

spring (season) 47
spring (adj.) 78
square 40
square (adj.) 74
squirrel 132
stables 39
stage 101
stairs 40

stamp(s) 42, 163, 170
star 48
starch 160
station 38, 128, 170
steak 106
steamer 45
steed 8, 131
steel 45

steppe 45

stewed fruit 107

stick 160

still (conj.) 9, 11

stockings 159

stomach 130

stone 40

store-room 40, 80

stork 132

story (floor) 39

story (of house) 3, 39, 196

story, v. tale

straight 76

strap 161

strawberries 108

street 40, 196

string 42

stroke (a) 7

strong 76, 77

stud 160

study 40

subject (of a state) 80

such 83, 86

such a little 12

such a lot 12

such as 13

sugar 90, 108

suit 159

summer 47

summer (adj.) 78

sun 48

superfluous 76

supper 9, 109

surely ? 12

surely not ? 12

surname 54

surprise 101

swallow 132

sweet 77

sweet(s) 93, 107, 108

swift 77

sympathetic 75

table 32, 41
table (at) 181
table-cloth 41

214 INDEX OF WORDS AND PHRASES

tailor's 39

take 154

tale 100

tall 71, 74

taxi 44

tea 90, 109, 112

tea-pot 42

tea-urn 42

teacher 60

tedious 76

telegram 46

telegraph-office 46

telephone 46

tell me 158

temperature 130

terminus 38

terrible 76

than 18, 19

thank you 12, 166, 170

thanks 154

that (those) 13, 14, 57

thaw 47

theatre 38

their 105

themselves (56), 68, 96

then 10, 198-9

there 10, 14 and "passim

there are, v. there is

there is (bott>) 11, 15

there is not 10, 27, 91

there is (ecTb) 27

thereupon 198-9

thermometer 130

they 13, 14, 55

thick 74

thin 74

thing 33, 44

third 82

this (these) 3, 13, 57, 65, 167

thou 16, 17, 55

thread 160

throat 129

through 171

thus 12

thy 55, 63

thyself (56), 68, 96

ticket 32, 43

ticket-office 44

tie 160

tiger 132

till 144

time 9, 33, 46

time (a) 7, 46, 93, 112, 169

time (at that) 169

time (in the— of) 185, 198-9

time (a long) 17

time (in good) 169

tip 43

to 162, 167

to-day 10, 16, 30

to-morrow 30

tobacco 90, 109

toe 130

toilet 44

tomato 107

tongue 107, 129

too 11, 25, 26

too little 11

too much 11

tooth 129

top (on the) 187

total (sum) 45

towel 41

tower 39

town 35, 46

train 44

tram 44

tray 170

tree 37, 95, 133

trousers 159

trunk 161

Tsar (the) 61

Tsaritsa (the) 61

tsar 2, 60

tsarevich 60

tsaritsa 60

tsesarevich 60

tub (bath) 41

tumbler 42

tumbler-stand 42

turkey-hen 107

turnip 107

INDEX OF WORDS AND PHRASES 215

ugly 75
umbrella 160
uncle 58

uncomfortable 76
under 182
undervest 159
unfortunate 22
unhappiness 101
unhappy 22, 76
uninteresting 76
university 39
unjust (it is) 18
unlucky 22
unnecessary (it is) 12
unpleasant (adj.) 75, 155
unpleasant (it is) 18
until 144
unusual 76
unwell 20
up to 144
upper 74
usual 76

vacant (it is) 25
veal 106
vegetable 107
vegetable -bed 133
verst 45, 114-19
very 11, 18
very well 18
very (the) 83
vessel (ship) 37, 95
vest 159
vestibule 40
via 171
view 46
villa 39
village 32, 46
vinegar 106
violet (subst.) 133
visitors ) 142
vodka 108
volume 8, 100

wagon, v. cart
waistcoat 159

waiting-room 40

wall 41

walnut 108

want (I) 156-7

war 101

warm (it is) 24, 25

warm (I am) 154

warm (adj.) 77

was 4, 28

wash (the) 160

wash-stand 41

wasp 132

watch (clock) 42

water 27, 108, 113

water-bottle 43

water-melon 108

waterproof 160

way (subst.) 44, 174

way (a long), v. far

way (a short), v. near

W.C. 40

we 16, 55

weather 47

week 32, 46

weight 45

well ! 10

well (far from) 21

well (in health) 20

well (very) 18, 154

were 28

west(ern) 48

wet 77

what 13, 56, 82, 84, 86

what a little 12

what a lot 12

what like 82, 87

wheat 133

wheel 44

when 10

where 7, 10 and passim

which 82, 84

whiskers 129

white 78

who 7, 13, 56

whole (the) 57, 65

whose 56, 67

216 INDEX OP WORDS AND PHRASES

why, 144, 163

wicked 75

wife 59

will be 30

wind 47

window 41, 95

wine 108

wine-glass 43

winter 47

winter (adj.) 78

with 184

without 144

wolf 132

woman (peasant) 32, 62

woman 61-2

wood, v. tree

wood (forest) 45

wood fuel 42

wool 161

word 101

work 46

work (literary) 100

world 4, 48

worse (it is) 18, 19, 122,

worthless 75

would be 29

S»

155

would have been 29
wrist 130
writer 101
writing-paper 42
writing-table 41
written 179
wrong (it is unjust) 18
wrong (to be) 23

yard (measure) 93, 161
yard (court-) 39
year 7, 46, 47, 114-19
yellow 78
yes 10, 13, 28
yesterday 30
yet 9, 11 and passim
yet (not) 11
yonder (that — ) 57
you 16, 17, 55
young 70, 78
younger 78, 88
youngest 88
young lady 60
your 56, 62
yourselves (56), 68, 96

SUBJECT-INDEX

age (expression of) 161

authors (names of) 80, 104

countries (names of) 49, 167-8

date (the) 121-2

days of the week (the) 47, 84,
163, 168

food and drink (portions of)
112-13, 115, 119, 126-7, 184

meals 109, 169, 184

money (expression of money-
values) 44, 80, 109, 111, 114-
19, 163

months (names of the) 47, 121

names (family) 54, 80, 104, 124

names (personal, use of) 54
names (personal) 33, 52, 80, 104,

125, 126
nationalities 49, 79, 181-2, 197
numerals 69, 82, 114-22, 161
personal names (use of) 54
price (expression of) 163, 170.

198-9
rivers (names of) 51, 196
seasons (the) 47, 167, 180
time of day 119-20, (cf. 167),

169, 180-1
times (of the year), v. seasons
towns (names of) 51, 196

Printed in England at the Oxford University Press

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY
BERKELEY

Return to desk from which borrowed.
This book is DUE on the last date stamped below.

.

l3May54Ylp

25Feb'58J N
REC'D LD

FEB 25 1958

17Nov59Afr
REC'D

NOV 4

260c*60TD

LD 21-100m-9,'48(B399sl6)476

J)CT121960

19Jan'61RT|
.JAN ' l

LD

AUG 27 1963

fcV.

03*94

r

YB 60294

U.C.BERKELEY LIBRARIES

CO^ID^S1^

Z* f

327991

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY